2008-05-01 Daniel Jacobowitz <dan@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23
24 /*
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
27
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
35
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
54
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
58
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
60
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
65 {
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73 }
74
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
76
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
81 {
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89 }
90
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
92
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
97 {
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100 }
101
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
103
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
108 {
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111 }
112
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
114
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
119 {
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125 }
126
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
128
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
133 {
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139 }
140
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
142
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
147 {
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153 }
154
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
156
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
161 {
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167 }
168
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
170
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
175 {
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177 }
178
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
180
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
185 {
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187 }
188
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
191
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
194 {
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
199
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
201 {
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
204 {
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
209 }
210 }
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
212 }
213
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
216
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
219 {
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
223
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
227 }
228
229 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
230 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
231 bfd_boolean
232 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
233 size_t object_size,
234 enum elf_object_id object_id)
235 {
236 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
237 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
238 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
239 return FALSE;
240
241 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
242 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246
247 bfd_boolean
248 bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd)
249 {
250 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
251 GENERIC_ELF_TDATA);
252 }
253
254 bfd_boolean
255 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
256 {
257 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
258 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd);
259 }
260
261 char *
262 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
263 {
264 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
265 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
266 file_ptr offset;
267 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
268
269 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
270 if (i_shdrp == 0
271 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
272 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
273 return NULL;
274
275 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
276 if (shstrtab == NULL)
277 {
278 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
279 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
280 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
281
282 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
283 in case the string table is not terminated. */
284 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
285 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
286 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
287 shstrtab = NULL;
288 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
289 {
290 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
292 shstrtab = NULL;
293 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
294 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
295 the string table over and over. */
296 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
297 }
298 else
299 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
300 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
301 }
302 return (char *) shstrtab;
303 }
304
305 char *
306 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
307 unsigned int shindex,
308 unsigned int strindex)
309 {
310 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
311
312 if (strindex == 0)
313 return "";
314
315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
316 return NULL;
317
318 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
319
320 if (hdr->contents == NULL
321 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
322 return NULL;
323
324 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
325 {
326 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
327 (*_bfd_error_handler)
328 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
329 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
330 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
331 ? ".shstrtab"
332 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
333 return "";
334 }
335
336 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
337 }
338
339 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
340 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
341 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
342 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
343 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
344 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
345 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
346
347 Elf_Internal_Sym *
348 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
349 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
350 size_t symcount,
351 size_t symoffset,
352 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
353 void *extsym_buf,
354 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
355 {
356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
357 void *alloc_ext;
358 const bfd_byte *esym;
359 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
361 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
362 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
363 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
364 size_t extsym_size;
365 bfd_size_type amt;
366 file_ptr pos;
367
368 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
369 abort ();
370
371 if (symcount == 0)
372 return intsym_buf;
373
374 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
375 shndx_hdr = NULL;
376 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
377 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
378
379 /* Read the symbols. */
380 alloc_ext = NULL;
381 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
382 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
383 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
384 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
385 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
386 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
387 {
388 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
389 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
390 }
391 if (extsym_buf == NULL
392 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
393 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
394 {
395 intsym_buf = NULL;
396 goto out;
397 }
398
399 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
400 extshndx_buf = NULL;
401 else
402 {
403 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
404 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
405 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
406 {
407 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
408 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
409 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
410 }
411 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
412 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
413 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
414 {
415 intsym_buf = NULL;
416 goto out;
417 }
418 }
419
420 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
421 {
422 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
423 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
424 goto out;
425 }
426
427 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
428 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
429 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
430 isym < isymend;
431 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
432 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
433 {
434 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
435 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
436 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
437 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
438 intsym_buf = NULL;
439 goto out;
440 }
441
442 out:
443 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
444 free (alloc_ext);
445 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
446 free (alloc_extshndx);
447
448 return intsym_buf;
449 }
450
451 /* Look up a symbol name. */
452 const char *
453 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
454 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
455 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
456 asection *sym_sec)
457 {
458 const char *name;
459 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
460 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
461
462 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
463 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
464 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
465 {
466 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
467 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
468 }
469
470 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
471 if (name == NULL)
472 name = "(null)";
473 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
474 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
475
476 return name;
477 }
478
479 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
480 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
481 pointers. */
482
483 typedef union elf_internal_group {
484 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
485 unsigned int flags;
486 } Elf_Internal_Group;
487
488 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
489 signature just a string? */
490
491 static const char *
492 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
493 {
494 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
495 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
496 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
497 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
498
499 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
500 that it is a symbol table section. */
501 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
502 return NULL;
503 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
504 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
505 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
506 return NULL;
507
508 /* Go read the symbol. */
509 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
510 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
511 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
512 return NULL;
513
514 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
515 }
516
517 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
518
519 static bfd_boolean
520 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
521 {
522 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
523
524 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
525 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
526 if (num_group == 0)
527 {
528 unsigned int i, shnum;
529
530 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
531 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
532 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
533 num_group = 0;
534
535 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
536 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
537 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
538 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
539 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
540
541 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
542 {
543 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
544
545 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
546 num_group += 1;
547 }
548
549 if (num_group == 0)
550 {
551 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
552 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
553 }
554 else
555 {
556 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
557 so we can find them quickly. */
558 bfd_size_type amt;
559
560 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
561 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
562 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
563 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
564 return FALSE;
565
566 num_group = 0;
567 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
568 {
569 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
570
571 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
572 {
573 unsigned char *src;
574 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
575
576 /* Add to list of sections. */
577 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
578 num_group += 1;
579
580 /* Read the raw contents. */
581 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
582 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
583 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
584 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
585 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
586 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
587 {
588 _bfd_error_handler
589 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
590 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
591 return FALSE;
592 }
593
594 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
595
596 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
597 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
598 != shdr->sh_size))
599 return FALSE;
600
601 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
602 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
603 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
604 pointers. */
605 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
606 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
607 while (1)
608 {
609 unsigned int idx;
610
611 src -= 4;
612 --dest;
613 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
614 if (src == shdr->contents)
615 {
616 dest->flags = idx;
617 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
618 shdr->bfd_section->flags
619 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
620 break;
621 }
622 if (idx >= shnum)
623 {
624 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
625 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
626 idx = 0;
627 }
628 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
629 }
630 }
631 }
632 }
633 }
634
635 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
636 {
637 unsigned int i;
638
639 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
640 {
641 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
642 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
643 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
644
645 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
646 section is a member. */
647 while (--n_elt != 0)
648 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
649 {
650 asection *s = NULL;
651
652 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
653 other members to see if any others are linked via
654 next_in_group. */
655 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
656 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
657 while (--n_elt != 0)
658 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
659 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
660 break;
661 if (n_elt != 0)
662 {
663 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
664 insert current section in circular list. */
665 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
666 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
667 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
668 }
669 else
670 {
671 const char *gname;
672
673 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
674 if (gname == NULL)
675 return FALSE;
676 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
677
678 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
680 }
681
682 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
683 new member. */
684 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
685 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
686
687 i = num_group - 1;
688 break;
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
694 {
695 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
696 abfd, newsect);
697 }
698 return TRUE;
699 }
700
701 bfd_boolean
702 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
703 {
704 unsigned int i;
705 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
706 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
707 asection *s;
708
709 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
710 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
711 {
712 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
713 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
714 {
715 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
716 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
717 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
718 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
719 if (elfsec == 0)
720 {
721 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
722 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
723 bed->link_order_error_handler
724 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
725 abfd, s);
726 }
727 else
728 {
729 asection *link = NULL;
730
731 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
732 {
733 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
734 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
735 }
736
737 /* PR 1991, 2008:
738 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
739 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
740 if (link == NULL)
741 {
742 (*_bfd_error_handler)
743 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
744 s->owner, s, elfsec);
745 result = FALSE;
746 }
747
748 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
749 }
750 }
751 }
752
753 /* Process section groups. */
754 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
755 return result;
756
757 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
758 {
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
760 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
761 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
762
763 while (--n_elt != 0)
764 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
765 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
766 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
767 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
768 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
769 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
770 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
771 relocation sections are in section group in input object
772 files. */
773 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
774 else
775 {
776 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
777 (*_bfd_error_handler)
778 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
779 abfd,
780 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
781 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
782 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
783 ->e_shstrndx),
784 idx->shdr->sh_name),
785 shdr->bfd_section->name);
786 result = FALSE;
787 }
788 }
789 return result;
790 }
791
792 bfd_boolean
793 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
794 {
795 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
796 }
797
798 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
799 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
800
801 bfd_boolean
802 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
803 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
804 const char *name,
805 int shindex)
806 {
807 asection *newsect;
808 flagword flags;
809 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
810
811 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
812 {
813 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
814 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
815 return TRUE;
816 }
817
818 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
819 if (newsect == NULL)
820 return FALSE;
821
822 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
823 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
824 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
825
826 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
827 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
828 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
829
830 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
831
832 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
833 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
834 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
835 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
836 return FALSE;
837
838 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
839 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
840 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
841 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
842 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
843 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
844 {
845 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
846 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
847 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
848 }
849 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
850 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
851 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
852 flags |= SEC_CODE;
853 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
854 flags |= SEC_DATA;
855 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
856 {
857 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
858 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
859 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
860 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
861 }
862 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
863 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
864 return FALSE;
865 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
866 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
867
868 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
869 {
870 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
871 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
872 static const struct
873 {
874 const char *name;
875 int len;
876 } debug_sections [] =
877 {
878 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
879 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
880 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
881 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
882 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
883 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
884 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
885 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
886 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
887 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
888 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
889 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
890 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
891 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
892 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
893 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
894 };
895
896 if (name [0] == '.')
897 {
898 int i = name [1] - 'd';
899 if (i >= 0
900 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
901 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
902 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
903 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
904 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
905 }
906 }
907
908 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
909 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
910 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
911 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
912 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
913 all but one of the sections. */
914 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
915 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
916 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
917
918 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
919 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
920 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
921 return FALSE;
922
923 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
924 return FALSE;
925
926 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
927 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
928 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
929 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
930 {
931 char *contents;
932
933 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
934 if (!contents)
935 return FALSE;
936
937 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
938 hdr->sh_size)
939 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
940 {
941 free (contents);
942 return FALSE;
943 }
944
945 free (contents);
946 }
947
948 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
949 {
950 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
951 unsigned int i;
952
953 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
954 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
955 {
956 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
957 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
958 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
959 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
960
961 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
962 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
963 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
964 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
965 place special significance on the address 0 and
966 executables need to be able to have a segment which
967 covers this address. */
968 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
969 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
970 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
971 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
972 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
973 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
974 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
975 {
976 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
977 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
978 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
979 else
980 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
981 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
982 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
983 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
984 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
985 segment will contain sections with contiguous
986 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
987 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
988 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
989
990 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
991 offsets whether a section with zero size should
992 be placed at the end of one segment or the
993 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
994 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
995 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
996 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
997 break;
998 }
999 }
1000 }
1001
1002 return TRUE;
1003 }
1004
1005 /*
1006 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
1007 bfd_elf_find_section
1008
1009 SYNOPSIS
1010 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1011
1012 DESCRIPTION
1013 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1014 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1015 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1016 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1017 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1018 */
1019
1020 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1021 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1022 {
1023 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1024 char *shstrtab;
1025 unsigned int max;
1026 unsigned int i;
1027
1028 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1029 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1030 {
1031 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1032 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1033 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1034 {
1035 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1036 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1037 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1038 return i_shdrp[i];
1039 }
1040 }
1041 return 0;
1042 }
1043
1044 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1045 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1046 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1047 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1048 };
1049
1050 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1051 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1052 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1053 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1054 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1055 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1056 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1057 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1058 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1059
1060 bfd_reloc_status_type
1061 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1062 arelent *reloc_entry,
1063 asymbol *symbol,
1064 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1065 asection *input_section,
1066 bfd *output_bfd,
1067 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1068 {
1069 if (output_bfd != NULL
1070 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1071 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1072 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1073 {
1074 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1075 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1076 }
1077
1078 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1079 }
1080 \f
1081 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1082 another. */
1083
1084 bfd_boolean
1085 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1086 {
1087 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1088 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1089 return TRUE;
1090
1091 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1092 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1093 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1094
1095 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1096 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1097 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1098
1099 /* Copy object attributes. */
1100 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1101
1102 return TRUE;
1103 }
1104
1105 static const char *
1106 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1107 {
1108 const char *pt;
1109 switch (p_type)
1110 {
1111 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1112 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1113 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1114 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1115 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1116 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1117 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1118 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1119 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1120 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1121 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1122 default: pt = NULL; break;
1123 }
1124 return pt;
1125 }
1126
1127 /* Print out the program headers. */
1128
1129 bfd_boolean
1130 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1131 {
1132 FILE *f = farg;
1133 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1134 asection *s;
1135 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1136
1137 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1138 if (p != NULL)
1139 {
1140 unsigned int i, c;
1141
1142 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1143 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1144 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1145 {
1146 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1147 char buf[20];
1148
1149 if (pt == NULL)
1150 {
1151 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1152 pt = buf;
1153 }
1154 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1155 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1156 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1157 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1158 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1159 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1160 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1161 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1162 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1163 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1164 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1165 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1166 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1167 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1168 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1169 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1170 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1171 fprintf (f, "\n");
1172 }
1173 }
1174
1175 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1176 if (s != NULL)
1177 {
1178 unsigned int elfsec;
1179 unsigned long shlink;
1180 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1181 size_t extdynsize;
1182 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1183
1184 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1185
1186 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1187 goto error_return;
1188
1189 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1190 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1191 goto error_return;
1192 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1193
1194 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1195 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1196
1197 extdyn = dynbuf;
1198 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1199 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1200 {
1201 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1202 const char *name = "";
1203 char ab[20];
1204 bfd_boolean stringp;
1205 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1206
1207 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1208
1209 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1210 break;
1211
1212 stringp = FALSE;
1213 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1214 {
1215 default:
1216 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1217 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1218
1219 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1220 {
1221 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1222 name = ab;
1223 }
1224 break;
1225
1226 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1227 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1229 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1230 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1231 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1232 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1233 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1234 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1235 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1237 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1238 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1239 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1240 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1241 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1242 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1243 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1244 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1245 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1246 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1247 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1248 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1249 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1250 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1251 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1252 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1253 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1254 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1255 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1256 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1257 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1258 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1259 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1261 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1262 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1263 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1264 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1265 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1266 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1267 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1268 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1269 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1270 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1271 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1272 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1273 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1274 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1275 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1276 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1277 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1278 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1279 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1280 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1281 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1282 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1283 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1284 }
1285
1286 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1287 if (! stringp)
1288 {
1289 fprintf (f, "0x");
1290 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1291 }
1292 else
1293 {
1294 const char *string;
1295 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1296
1297 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1298 if (string == NULL)
1299 goto error_return;
1300 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1301 }
1302 fprintf (f, "\n");
1303 }
1304
1305 free (dynbuf);
1306 dynbuf = NULL;
1307 }
1308
1309 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1310 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1311 {
1312 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1313 return FALSE;
1314 }
1315
1316 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1317 {
1318 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1319
1320 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1321 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1322 {
1323 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1324 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1325 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1326 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1327 {
1328 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1329
1330 fprintf (f, "\t");
1331 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1332 a != NULL;
1333 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1334 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1335 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1336 fprintf (f, "\n");
1337 }
1338 }
1339 }
1340
1341 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1342 {
1343 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1344
1345 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1346 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1347 {
1348 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1349
1350 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1351 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1352 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1353 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1354 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1355 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1356 }
1357 }
1358
1359 return TRUE;
1360
1361 error_return:
1362 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1363 free (dynbuf);
1364 return FALSE;
1365 }
1366
1367 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1368
1369 void
1370 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1371 void *filep,
1372 asymbol *symbol,
1373 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1374 {
1375 FILE *file = filep;
1376 switch (how)
1377 {
1378 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1379 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1380 break;
1381 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1382 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1383 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1384 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1385 break;
1386 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1387 {
1388 const char *section_name;
1389 const char *name = NULL;
1390 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1391 unsigned char st_other;
1392 bfd_vma val;
1393
1394 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1395
1396 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1397 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1398 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1399
1400 if (name == NULL)
1401 {
1402 name = symbol->name;
1403 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1404 }
1405
1406 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1407 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1408 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1409 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1410 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1411 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1412 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1413 else
1414 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1415 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1416
1417 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1418 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1419 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1420 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1421 {
1422 unsigned int vernum;
1423 const char *version_string;
1424
1425 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1426
1427 if (vernum == 0)
1428 version_string = "";
1429 else if (vernum == 1)
1430 version_string = "Base";
1431 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1432 version_string =
1433 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1434 else
1435 {
1436 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1437
1438 version_string = "";
1439 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1440 t != NULL;
1441 t = t->vn_nextref)
1442 {
1443 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1444
1445 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1446 {
1447 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1448 {
1449 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1450 break;
1451 }
1452 }
1453 }
1454 }
1455
1456 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1457 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1458 else
1459 {
1460 int i;
1461
1462 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1463 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1464 putc (' ', file);
1465 }
1466 }
1467
1468 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1469 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1470
1471 switch (st_other)
1472 {
1473 case 0: break;
1474 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1475 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1476 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1477 default:
1478 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1479 everything hex. */
1480 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1481 }
1482
1483 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1484 }
1485 break;
1486 }
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1490
1491 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1492 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1493 {
1494 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1495
1496 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1497 if (ret != NULL)
1498 {
1499 bfd_size_type loc;
1500
1501 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1502 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1503 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1504 {
1505 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1506 ret = NULL;
1507 }
1508 }
1509 return ret;
1510 }
1511 \f
1512 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1513
1514 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1515
1516 bfd_boolean
1517 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1518 {
1519 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1520 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1521 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1522 const char *name;
1523
1524 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1525 return FALSE;
1526
1527 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1528 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1529 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1530 hdr->sh_name);
1531 if (name == NULL)
1532 return FALSE;
1533
1534 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1535 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1536 {
1537 case SHT_NULL:
1538 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1539 return TRUE;
1540
1541 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1542 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1543 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1544 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1545 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1546 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1547 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1548 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1549 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1550 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1551
1552 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1553 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1554 return FALSE;
1555 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1556 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1557 return FALSE;
1558 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1559 {
1560 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1561
1562 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1563 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1564 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1565 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1566 {
1567 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1568 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1569 }
1570 else
1571 {
1572 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1573
1574 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1575 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1576 {
1577 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1578 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1579 {
1580 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1581 break;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 }
1585 }
1586 break;
1587
1588 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1589 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1590 return TRUE;
1591
1592 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1593 return FALSE;
1594 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1595 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1596 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1597 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1598 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1599
1600 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1601 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1602 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1603 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1604 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1605 linker. */
1606 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1607 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1608 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1609 shindex))
1610 return FALSE;
1611
1612 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1613 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1614 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1615 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1616 {
1617 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1618
1619 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1620 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1621 {
1622 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1623 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1624 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1625 break;
1626 }
1627 if (i == num_sec)
1628 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1629 {
1630 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1631 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1632 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1633 break;
1634 }
1635 if (i != shindex)
1636 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1637 }
1638 return TRUE;
1639
1640 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1641 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1642 return TRUE;
1643
1644 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1645 return FALSE;
1646 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1647 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1648 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1649 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1650 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1651
1652 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1653 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1654 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1655
1656 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1657 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1658 return TRUE;
1659
1660 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1661 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1662 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1663 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1664 return TRUE;
1665
1666 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1667 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1668 return TRUE;
1669 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1670 {
1671 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1672 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1673 return TRUE;
1674 }
1675 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1676 {
1677 symtab_strtab:
1678 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1679 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1680 return TRUE;
1681 }
1682 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1683 {
1684 dynsymtab_strtab:
1685 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1686 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1687 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1688 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1689 can handle it. */
1690 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1691 shindex);
1692 }
1693
1694 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1695 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1696 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1697 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1698 {
1699 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1700
1701 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1702 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1703 {
1704 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1705 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1706 {
1707 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1708 if (i == shindex)
1709 return FALSE;
1710 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1711 return FALSE;
1712 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1713 goto symtab_strtab;
1714 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1715 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1716 }
1717 }
1718 }
1719 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1720
1721 case SHT_REL:
1722 case SHT_RELA:
1723 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1724 {
1725 asection *target_sect;
1726 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1727 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1728
1729 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1730 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1731 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1732 return FALSE;
1733
1734 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1735 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1736 {
1737 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1738 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1739 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1740 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1741 shindex);
1742 }
1743
1744 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1745 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1746 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1747 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1748 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1749 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1750 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1751 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1752 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1753 {
1754 unsigned int scan;
1755 int found;
1756
1757 found = 0;
1758 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1759 {
1760 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1761 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1762 {
1763 if (found != 0)
1764 {
1765 found = 0;
1766 break;
1767 }
1768 found = scan;
1769 }
1770 }
1771 if (found != 0)
1772 hdr->sh_link = found;
1773 }
1774
1775 /* Get the symbol table. */
1776 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1777 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1778 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1779 return FALSE;
1780
1781 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1782 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1783 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1784 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1785 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1786 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1787 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1788 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1789 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1790 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1791 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1792 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1793 shindex);
1794
1795 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1796 return FALSE;
1797 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1798 if (target_sect == NULL)
1799 return FALSE;
1800
1801 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1802 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1803 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1804 else
1805 {
1806 bfd_size_type amt;
1807 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1808 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1809 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1810 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1811 return FALSE;
1812 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1813 }
1814 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1815 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1816 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1817 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1818 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1819 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1820 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1821 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1822 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1823 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1824 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1825 return TRUE;
1826 }
1827
1828 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1829 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1830 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1831 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1832
1833 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1834 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1835 return FALSE;
1836 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1837 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1838 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1839
1840 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1841 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1842 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1843 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1844
1845 case SHT_SHLIB:
1846 return TRUE;
1847
1848 case SHT_GROUP:
1849 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1850 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1851 name. */
1852 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1853 return FALSE;
1854 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1855 if (name == NULL)
1856 return FALSE;
1857 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1858 return FALSE;
1859 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1860 {
1861 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1862 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1863 asection *s;
1864
1865 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1866 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1867 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1868
1869 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1870 idx += n_elt;
1871 while (--n_elt != 0)
1872 {
1873 --idx;
1874
1875 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1876 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1877 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1878 {
1879 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1880 break;
1881 }
1882 }
1883 }
1884 break;
1885
1886 default:
1887 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1888 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1889 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1890 {
1891 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1892 return FALSE;
1893 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1894 return TRUE;
1895 }
1896
1897 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1898 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1899 return TRUE;
1900
1901 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1902 {
1903 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1904 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1905 for applications? */
1906 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1907 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1908 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1909 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1910 else
1911 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1912 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1913 shindex);
1914 }
1915 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1916 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1917 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1918 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1919 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1920 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1921 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1922 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1923 {
1924 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1925 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1926 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1927 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1928 be rejected with an error message. */
1929 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1930 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1931 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1932 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1933 else
1934 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1935 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1936 }
1937 else
1938 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1939 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1940 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1941 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1942
1943 return FALSE;
1944 }
1945
1946 return TRUE;
1947 }
1948
1949 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1950 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1951
1952 asection *
1953 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1954 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1955 asection *sec,
1956 unsigned long r_symndx)
1957 {
1958 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1959 asection *s;
1960
1961 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1962 {
1963 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1964 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1965 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1966 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1967
1968 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1969 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1970 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1971 return NULL;
1972
1973 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1974 {
1975 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1976 cache->abfd = abfd;
1977 }
1978 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1979 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1980 }
1981
1982 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1983 if (s != NULL)
1984 return s;
1985
1986 return sec;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1990 section. */
1991
1992 asection *
1993 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1994 {
1995 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1996 return NULL;
1997 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1998 }
1999
2000 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2001 {
2002 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2003 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2004 };
2005
2006 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2007 {
2008 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2009 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2010 };
2011
2012 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2013 {
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2021 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2022 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2023 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2024 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2025 };
2026
2027 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2028 {
2029 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2030 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2031 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2032 };
2033
2034 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2035 {
2036 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2037 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2039 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2041 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2042 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2043 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2044 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2045 };
2046
2047 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2048 {
2049 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2050 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2051 };
2052
2053 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2054 {
2055 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2057 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2058 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2059 };
2060
2061 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2062 {
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2064 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2065 };
2066
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2068 {
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2071 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2072 };
2073
2074 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2075 {
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2078 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2079 };
2080
2081 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2082 {
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2087 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2088 };
2089
2090 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2091 {
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2095 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2096 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2097 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2098 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2099 };
2100
2101 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2102 {
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2106 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2107 };
2108
2109 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2110 {
2111 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2112 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2113 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2114 NULL, /* 'e' */
2115 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2116 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2117 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2118 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2119 NULL, /* 'j' */
2120 NULL, /* 'k' */
2121 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2122 NULL, /* 'm' */
2123 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2124 NULL, /* 'o' */
2125 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2126 NULL, /* 'q' */
2127 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2128 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2129 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2130 };
2131
2132 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2133 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2134 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2135 unsigned int rela)
2136 {
2137 int i;
2138 int len;
2139
2140 len = strlen (name);
2141
2142 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2143 {
2144 int suffix_len;
2145 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2146
2147 if (len < prefix_len)
2148 continue;
2149 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2150 continue;
2151
2152 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2153 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2154 {
2155 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2156 {
2157 if (suffix_len == 0)
2158 continue;
2159 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2160 && (suffix_len == -2
2161 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2162 continue;
2163 }
2164 }
2165 else
2166 {
2167 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2168 continue;
2169 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2170 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2171 suffix_len) != 0)
2172 continue;
2173 }
2174 return &spec[i];
2175 }
2176
2177 return NULL;
2178 }
2179
2180 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2181 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2182 {
2183 int i;
2184 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2185 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2186
2187 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2188 if (sec->name == NULL)
2189 return NULL;
2190
2191 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2192 spec = bed->special_sections;
2193 if (spec)
2194 {
2195 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2196 bed->special_sections,
2197 sec->use_rela_p);
2198 if (spec != NULL)
2199 return spec;
2200 }
2201
2202 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2203 return NULL;
2204
2205 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2206 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2207 return NULL;
2208
2209 spec = special_sections[i];
2210
2211 if (spec == NULL)
2212 return NULL;
2213
2214 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2215 }
2216
2217 bfd_boolean
2218 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2219 {
2220 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2221 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2222 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2223
2224 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2225 if (sdata == NULL)
2226 {
2227 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2228 if (sdata == NULL)
2229 return FALSE;
2230 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2231 }
2232
2233 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2234 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2235 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2236
2237 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2238 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2239 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2240 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2241 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2242 elf_fake_sections. */
2243 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2244 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2245 {
2246 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2247 if (ssect != NULL)
2248 {
2249 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2250 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2251 }
2252 }
2253
2254 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2255 }
2256
2257 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2258
2259 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2260 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2261 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2262 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2263
2264 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2265 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2266 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2267 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2268 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2269 of combined data+bss.
2270
2271 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2272 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2273 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2274 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2275 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2276
2277 */
2278
2279 bfd_boolean
2280 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2281 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2282 int index,
2283 const char *typename)
2284 {
2285 asection *newsect;
2286 char *name;
2287 char namebuf[64];
2288 size_t len;
2289 int split;
2290
2291 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2292 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2293 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2294
2295 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2296 {
2297 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2298 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2299 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2300 if (!name)
2301 return FALSE;
2302 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2303 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2304 if (newsect == NULL)
2305 return FALSE;
2306 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2307 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2308 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2309 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2310 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2311 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2312 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2313 {
2314 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2315 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2316 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2317 {
2318 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2319 may be data. */
2320 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2321 }
2322 }
2323 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2324 {
2325 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2326 }
2327 }
2328
2329 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2330 {
2331 bfd_vma align;
2332
2333 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2334 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2335 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2336 if (!name)
2337 return FALSE;
2338 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2339 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2340 if (newsect == NULL)
2341 return FALSE;
2342 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2343 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2344 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2345 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2346 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2347 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2348 align = hdr->p_align;
2349 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2350 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2351 {
2352 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2353 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2354 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2355 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2356 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2357 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2358 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2359 newsect->size = 0;
2360 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2361 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2362 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2363 }
2364 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2365 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2366 }
2367
2368 return TRUE;
2369 }
2370
2371 bfd_boolean
2372 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2373 {
2374 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2375
2376 switch (hdr->p_type)
2377 {
2378 case PT_NULL:
2379 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2380
2381 case PT_LOAD:
2382 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2383
2384 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2385 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2386
2387 case PT_INTERP:
2388 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2389
2390 case PT_NOTE:
2391 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2392 return FALSE;
2393 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2394 return FALSE;
2395 return TRUE;
2396
2397 case PT_SHLIB:
2398 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2399
2400 case PT_PHDR:
2401 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2402
2403 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2404 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2405 "eh_frame_hdr");
2406
2407 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2408 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2409
2410 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2411 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2412
2413 default:
2414 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2415 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2416 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2417 }
2418 }
2419
2420 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2421 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2422 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2423
2424 bfd_boolean
2425 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2426 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2427 asection *asect,
2428 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2429 {
2430 char *name;
2431 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2432 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2433
2434 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2435 if (name == NULL)
2436 return FALSE;
2437 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2438 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2439 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2440 FALSE);
2441 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2442 return FALSE;
2443 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2444 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2445 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2446 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2447 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2448 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2449 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2450 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2451 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2452
2453 return TRUE;
2454 }
2455
2456 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2457
2458 static void
2459 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2460 {
2461 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2462 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2463 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2464 unsigned int sh_type;
2465
2466 if (*failedptr)
2467 {
2468 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2469 loop. */
2470 return;
2471 }
2472
2473 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2474
2475 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2476 asect->name, FALSE);
2477 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2478 {
2479 *failedptr = TRUE;
2480 return;
2481 }
2482
2483 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2484
2485 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2486 || asect->user_set_vma)
2487 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2488 else
2489 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2490
2491 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2492 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2493 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2494 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2495 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2496 copy_private_section_data. */
2497
2498 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2499 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2500
2501 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2502 asect->flags. */
2503 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2504 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2505 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2506 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2507 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2508 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2509 else
2510 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2511
2512 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2513 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2514 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2515 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2516 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2517 {
2518 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2519 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2520 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2521 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2522 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2523 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2524 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2525 }
2526
2527 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2528 {
2529 default:
2530 break;
2531
2532 case SHT_STRTAB:
2533 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2534 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2535 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2536 case SHT_NOTE:
2537 case SHT_NOBITS:
2538 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2539 break;
2540
2541 case SHT_HASH:
2542 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2543 break;
2544
2545 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2546 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2547 break;
2548
2549 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2550 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2551 break;
2552
2553 case SHT_RELA:
2554 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2555 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2556 break;
2557
2558 case SHT_REL:
2559 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2560 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2561 break;
2562
2563 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2564 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2565 break;
2566
2567 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2568 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2569 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2570 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2571 zero. */
2572 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2573 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2574 else
2575 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2576 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2577 break;
2578
2579 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2580 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2581 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2582 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2583 zero. */
2584 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2585 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2586 else
2587 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2588 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2589 break;
2590
2591 case SHT_GROUP:
2592 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2593 break;
2594
2595 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2596 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2597 break;
2598 }
2599
2600 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2601 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2602 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2603 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2604 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2605 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2606 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2607 {
2608 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2609 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2610 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2611 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2612 }
2613 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2614 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2615 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2616 {
2617 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2618 if (asect->size == 0
2619 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2620 {
2621 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2622
2623 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2624 if (o != NULL)
2625 {
2626 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2627 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2628 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2629 }
2630 }
2631 }
2632
2633 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2634 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2635 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2636 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2637 *failedptr = TRUE;
2638
2639 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2640 {
2641 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2642 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2643 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2644 }
2645
2646 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2647 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2648 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2649 create the other. */
2650 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2651 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2652 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2653 asect,
2654 asect->use_rela_p))
2655 *failedptr = TRUE;
2656 }
2657
2658 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2659
2660 void
2661 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2662 {
2663 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2664 unsigned long symindx;
2665 asection *elt, *first;
2666 unsigned char *loc;
2667 bfd_boolean gas;
2668
2669 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2670 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2671 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2672 || *failedptr)
2673 return;
2674
2675 symindx = 0;
2676 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2677 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2678
2679 if (symindx == 0)
2680 {
2681 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2682 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2683 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2684 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2685 else
2686 symindx = sec->target_index;
2687 }
2688 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2689
2690 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2691 gas = TRUE;
2692 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2693 {
2694 gas = FALSE;
2695 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2696
2697 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2698 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2699 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2700 {
2701 *failedptr = TRUE;
2702 return;
2703 }
2704 }
2705
2706 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2707
2708 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2709 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2710 start of the input section group. */
2711 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2712
2713 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2714 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2715 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2716 directives, not that it matters. */
2717 while (elt != NULL)
2718 {
2719 asection *s;
2720 unsigned int idx;
2721
2722 loc -= 4;
2723 s = elt;
2724 if (!gas)
2725 s = s->output_section;
2726 idx = 0;
2727 if (s != NULL)
2728 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2729 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2730 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2731 if (elt == first)
2732 break;
2733 }
2734
2735 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2736 abort ();
2737
2738 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2742 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2743 in here too, while we're at it. */
2744
2745 static bfd_boolean
2746 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2747 {
2748 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2749 asection *sec;
2750 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2751 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2752 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2753
2754 section_number = 1;
2755
2756 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2757
2758 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2759 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2760 {
2761 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2762 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2763 {
2764 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2765
2766 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2767 {
2768 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2769 {
2770 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2771 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2772 abfd->section_count--;
2773 }
2774 else
2775 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2776 }
2777 }
2778 }
2779
2780 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2781 {
2782 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2783
2784 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2785 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2786 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2787 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2788 d->rel_idx = 0;
2789 else
2790 {
2791 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2792 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2793 }
2794
2795 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2796 {
2797 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2798 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2799 }
2800 else
2801 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2802 }
2803
2804 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2805 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2806 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2807
2808 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2809 {
2810 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2811 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2812 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
2813 {
2814 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2815 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2816 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2817 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2818 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2819 return FALSE;
2820 }
2821 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2822 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2823 }
2824
2825 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2826 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2827
2828 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2829 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2830
2831 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2832 indices. */
2833 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2834 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2835 return FALSE;
2836
2837 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2838 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2839 {
2840 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2841 return FALSE;
2842 }
2843
2844 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2845
2846 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2847 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2848 {
2849 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2850 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
2851 {
2852 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2853 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2854 }
2855 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2856 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2857 }
2858
2859 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2860 {
2861 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2862 asection *s;
2863 const char *name;
2864
2865 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2866 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2867 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2868 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2869 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2870
2871 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2872
2873 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2874 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2875 the relocation entries apply. */
2876 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2877 {
2878 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2879 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2880 }
2881 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2882 {
2883 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2884 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2885 }
2886
2887 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2888 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2889 {
2890 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2891 if (s)
2892 {
2893 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2894 if (link_info != NULL)
2895 {
2896 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2897 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2898 {
2899 asection *kept;
2900 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2901 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2902 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2903 s, s->owner);
2904 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2905 size as the discarded one. */
2906 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2907 if (kept == NULL)
2908 {
2909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2910 return FALSE;
2911 }
2912 s = kept;
2913 }
2914
2915 s = s->output_section;
2916 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2917 }
2918 else
2919 {
2920 /* Handle objcopy. */
2921 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2922 {
2923 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2924 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2925 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2926 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2927 return FALSE;
2928 }
2929 s = s->output_section;
2930 }
2931 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2932 }
2933 else
2934 {
2935 /* PR 290:
2936 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2937 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2938 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2939 where s is NULL. */
2940 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2941 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2942 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2943 bed->link_order_error_handler
2944 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2945 abfd, sec);
2946 }
2947 }
2948
2949 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2950 {
2951 case SHT_REL:
2952 case SHT_RELA:
2953 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2954 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2955 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2956 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2957 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2958 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2959 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2960 if (s != NULL)
2961 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2962
2963 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2964 name = sec->name;
2965 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2966 name += 4;
2967 else
2968 name += 5;
2969 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2970 if (s != NULL)
2971 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2972 break;
2973
2974 case SHT_STRTAB:
2975 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2976 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2977 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2978 field to point to this section. */
2979 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2980 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2981 {
2982 size_t len;
2983 char *alc;
2984
2985 len = strlen (sec->name);
2986 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2987 if (alc == NULL)
2988 return FALSE;
2989 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2990 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2991 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2992 free (alc);
2993 if (s != NULL)
2994 {
2995 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
2996
2997 /* This is a .stab section. */
2998 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
2999 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3000 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3001 }
3002 }
3003 break;
3004
3005 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3006 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3007 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3008 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3009 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3010 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3011 version strings. */
3012 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3013 if (s != NULL)
3014 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3015 break;
3016
3017 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3018 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3019 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3020 the version strings. */
3021 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3022 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3023 if (s != NULL)
3024 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3025 break;
3026
3027 case SHT_HASH:
3028 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3029 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3030 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3031 this hash table or version table is for. */
3032 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3033 if (s != NULL)
3034 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3035 break;
3036
3037 case SHT_GROUP:
3038 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3039 }
3040 }
3041
3042 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3043 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3044 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3045 else
3046 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3047 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3048 return TRUE;
3049 }
3050
3051 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3052 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3053
3054 static bfd_boolean
3055 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3056 {
3057 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3058 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3059 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3060 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3061
3062 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3063 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3064 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3065 }
3066
3067 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3068 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3069 special sections. */
3070
3071 static bfd_boolean
3072 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3073 {
3074 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3075 && (sym->value != 0
3076 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3077 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3078 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3079 }
3080
3081 static bfd_boolean
3082 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3083 {
3084 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3085 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3086 asymbol **sect_syms;
3087 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3088 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3089 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3090 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3091 int max_index = 0;
3092 unsigned int idx;
3093 asection *asect;
3094 asymbol **new_syms;
3095
3096 #ifdef DEBUG
3097 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3098 fflush (stderr);
3099 #endif
3100
3101 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3102 {
3103 if (max_index < asect->index)
3104 max_index = asect->index;
3105 }
3106
3107 max_index++;
3108 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3109 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3110 return FALSE;
3111 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3112 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3113
3114 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3115 decided to output. */
3116 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3117 {
3118 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3119
3120 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3121 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3122 {
3123 asection *sec = sym->section;
3124
3125 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3126 sec = sec->output_section;
3127
3128 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3129 }
3130 }
3131
3132 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3133 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3134 {
3135 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3136 continue;
3137 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3138 num_locals++;
3139 else
3140 num_globals++;
3141 }
3142
3143 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3144 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3145 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3146 at least in that case. */
3147 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3148 {
3149 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3150 {
3151 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3152 num_locals++;
3153 else
3154 num_globals++;
3155 }
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3159 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3160
3161 if (new_syms == NULL)
3162 return FALSE;
3163
3164 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3165 {
3166 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3167 unsigned int i;
3168
3169 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3170 continue;
3171 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3172 i = num_locals2++;
3173 else
3174 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3175 new_syms[i] = sym;
3176 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3177 }
3178 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3179 {
3180 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3181 {
3182 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3183 unsigned int i;
3184
3185 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3186 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3187 i = num_locals2++;
3188 else
3189 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3190 new_syms[i] = sym;
3191 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3192 }
3193 }
3194
3195 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3196
3197 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3198 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3199 return TRUE;
3200 }
3201
3202 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3203 ELF data structure. */
3204
3205 static inline file_ptr
3206 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3207 {
3208 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3209 }
3210
3211 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3212 required section alignment. */
3213
3214 file_ptr
3215 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3216 file_ptr offset,
3217 bfd_boolean align)
3218 {
3219 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3220 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3221 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3222 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3223 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3224 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3225 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3226 return offset;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3230 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3231 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3232
3233 bfd_boolean
3234 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3235 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3236 {
3237 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3238 bfd_boolean failed;
3239 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3240 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3241
3242 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3243 return TRUE;
3244
3245 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3246 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3247 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3248
3249 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3250 return FALSE;
3251
3252 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3253 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3254 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3255
3256 failed = FALSE;
3257 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3258 if (failed)
3259 return FALSE;
3260
3261 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3262 return FALSE;
3263
3264 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3265 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3266 {
3267 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3268 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3269
3270 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3271 return FALSE;
3272 }
3273
3274 if (link_info == NULL)
3275 {
3276 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3277 if (failed)
3278 return FALSE;
3279 }
3280
3281 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3282 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3283 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3284 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3285 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3286 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3287 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3288 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3289 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3290 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3291 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3292
3293 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3294 return FALSE;
3295
3296 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3297 {
3298 file_ptr off;
3299 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3300
3301 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3302
3303 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3304 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3305
3306 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3307 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3308 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3309
3310 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3311 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3312
3313 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3314
3315 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3316 out. */
3317 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3318 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3319 return FALSE;
3320 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3321 }
3322
3323 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3324
3325 return TRUE;
3326 }
3327
3328 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3329 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3330
3331 static bfd_size_type
3332 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3333 {
3334 size_t segs;
3335 asection *s;
3336 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3337
3338 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3339 and one for data. */
3340 segs = 2;
3341
3342 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3343 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3344 {
3345 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3346 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3347 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3348 targets. */
3349 segs += 2;
3350 }
3351
3352 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3353 {
3354 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3355 ++segs;
3356 }
3357
3358 if (info->relro)
3359 {
3360 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3361 ++segs;
3362 }
3363
3364 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3365 {
3366 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3367 ++segs;
3368 }
3369
3370 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3371 {
3372 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3373 ++segs;
3374 }
3375
3376 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3377 {
3378 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3379 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3380 {
3381 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3382 ++segs;
3383 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3384 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3385 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3386 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3387 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3388 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3389 aligned. */
3390 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3391 while (s->next != NULL
3392 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3393 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3394 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3395 s = s->next;
3396 }
3397 }
3398
3399 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3400 {
3401 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3402 {
3403 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3404 ++segs;
3405 break;
3406 }
3407 }
3408
3409 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3410 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3411 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3412 {
3413 int a;
3414
3415 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3416 if (a == -1)
3417 abort ();
3418 segs += a;
3419 }
3420
3421 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3422 }
3423
3424 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3425
3426 Elf_Internal_Phdr *
3427 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3428 {
3429 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3430 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3431
3432 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3433 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3434 m != NULL;
3435 m = m->next, p++)
3436 {
3437 int i;
3438
3439 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3440 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3441 return p;
3442 }
3443
3444 return NULL;
3445 }
3446
3447 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3448
3449 static struct elf_segment_map *
3450 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3451 asection **sections,
3452 unsigned int from,
3453 unsigned int to,
3454 bfd_boolean phdr)
3455 {
3456 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3457 unsigned int i;
3458 asection **hdrpp;
3459 bfd_size_type amt;
3460
3461 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3462 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3463 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3464 if (m == NULL)
3465 return NULL;
3466 m->next = NULL;
3467 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3468 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3469 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3470 m->count = to - from;
3471
3472 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3473 {
3474 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3475 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3476 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3477 }
3478
3479 return m;
3480 }
3481
3482 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3483 on failure. */
3484
3485 struct elf_segment_map *
3486 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3487 {
3488 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3489
3490 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3491 if (m == NULL)
3492 return NULL;
3493 m->next = NULL;
3494 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3495 m->count = 1;
3496 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3497
3498 return m;
3499 }
3500
3501 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3502
3503 static bfd_boolean
3504 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3505 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3506 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3507 {
3508 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3509 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3510
3511 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3512 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3513 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3514 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3515 removed. */
3516 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3517 while (*m)
3518 {
3519 unsigned int i, new_count;
3520
3521 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3522 {
3523 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3524 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3525 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3526 {
3527 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3528 new_count++;
3529 }
3530 }
3531 (*m)->count = new_count;
3532
3533 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3534 *m = (*m)->next;
3535 else
3536 m = &(*m)->next;
3537 }
3538
3539 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3540 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3541 {
3542 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3543 return FALSE;
3544 }
3545
3546 return TRUE;
3547 }
3548
3549 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3550
3551 bfd_boolean
3552 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3553 {
3554 unsigned int count;
3555 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3556 asection **sections = NULL;
3557 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3558 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3559
3560 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3561 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3562 {
3563 asection *s;
3564 unsigned int i;
3565 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3566 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3567 asection *last_hdr;
3568 bfd_vma last_size;
3569 unsigned int phdr_index;
3570 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3571 asection **hdrpp;
3572 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3573 bfd_boolean writable;
3574 int tls_count = 0;
3575 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3576 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3577 bfd_size_type amt;
3578
3579 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3580
3581 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3582 if (sections == NULL)
3583 goto error_return;
3584
3585 i = 0;
3586 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3587 {
3588 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3589 {
3590 sections[i] = s;
3591 ++i;
3592 }
3593 }
3594 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3595 count = i;
3596
3597 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3598
3599 /* Build the mapping. */
3600
3601 mfirst = NULL;
3602 pm = &mfirst;
3603
3604 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3605 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3606 section. */
3607 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3608 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3609 {
3610 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3611 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3612 if (m == NULL)
3613 goto error_return;
3614 m->next = NULL;
3615 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3616 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3617 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3618 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3619 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3620
3621 *pm = m;
3622 pm = &m->next;
3623
3624 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3625 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3626 if (m == NULL)
3627 goto error_return;
3628 m->next = NULL;
3629 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3630 m->count = 1;
3631 m->sections[0] = s;
3632
3633 *pm = m;
3634 pm = &m->next;
3635 }
3636
3637 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3638 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3639 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3640 last_hdr = NULL;
3641 last_size = 0;
3642 phdr_index = 0;
3643 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3644 writable = FALSE;
3645 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3646 if (dynsec != NULL
3647 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3648 dynsec = NULL;
3649
3650 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3651 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3652 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3653 program headers we will need. */
3654 if (count > 0)
3655 {
3656 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3657
3658 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3659 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3660 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3661 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3662 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3663 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3664 }
3665
3666 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3667 {
3668 asection *hdr;
3669 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3670
3671 hdr = *hdrpp;
3672
3673 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3674 segment. */
3675
3676 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3677 {
3678 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3679 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3680 new_segment = FALSE;
3681 }
3682 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3683 {
3684 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3685 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3686 segment. */
3687 new_segment = TRUE;
3688 }
3689 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3690 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3691 {
3692 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3693 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3694 new_segment = TRUE;
3695 }
3696 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3697 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3698 {
3699 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3700 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3701 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3702 new_segment = TRUE;
3703 }
3704 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3705 {
3706 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3707 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3708 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3709 new_segment = FALSE;
3710 }
3711 else if (! writable
3712 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3713 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3714 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3715 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3716 {
3717 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3718 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3719 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3720 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3721 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3722 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3723 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3724 new_segment = TRUE;
3725 }
3726 else
3727 {
3728 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3729 new_segment = FALSE;
3730 }
3731
3732 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3733 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3734 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3735
3736 if (! new_segment)
3737 {
3738 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3739 writable = TRUE;
3740 last_hdr = hdr;
3741 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3742 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3743 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3744 last_size = hdr->size;
3745 else
3746 last_size = 0;
3747 continue;
3748 }
3749
3750 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3751 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3752
3753 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3754 if (m == NULL)
3755 goto error_return;
3756
3757 *pm = m;
3758 pm = &m->next;
3759
3760 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3761 writable = TRUE;
3762 else
3763 writable = FALSE;
3764
3765 last_hdr = hdr;
3766 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3767 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3768 last_size = hdr->size;
3769 else
3770 last_size = 0;
3771 phdr_index = i;
3772 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3773 }
3774
3775 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3776 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3777 {
3778 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3779 if (m == NULL)
3780 goto error_return;
3781
3782 *pm = m;
3783 pm = &m->next;
3784 }
3785
3786 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3787 if (dynsec != NULL)
3788 {
3789 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3790 if (m == NULL)
3791 goto error_return;
3792 *pm = m;
3793 pm = &m->next;
3794 }
3795
3796 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3797 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3798 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3799 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3800 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3801 bogus anyhow. */
3802 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3803 {
3804 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3805 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3806 {
3807 asection *s2;
3808 unsigned count = 1;
3809 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3810 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3811 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3812 {
3813 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3814 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3815 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3816 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3817 == s2->next->vma)
3818 count++;
3819 else
3820 break;
3821 }
3822 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3823 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3824 if (m == NULL)
3825 goto error_return;
3826 m->next = NULL;
3827 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3828 m->count = count;
3829 while (count > 1)
3830 {
3831 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3832 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3833 s = s->next;
3834 }
3835 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3836 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3837 *pm = m;
3838 pm = &m->next;
3839 }
3840 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3841 {
3842 if (! tls_count)
3843 first_tls = s;
3844 tls_count++;
3845 }
3846 }
3847
3848 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3849 if (tls_count > 0)
3850 {
3851 int i;
3852
3853 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3854 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3855 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3856 if (m == NULL)
3857 goto error_return;
3858 m->next = NULL;
3859 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3860 m->count = tls_count;
3861 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3862 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3863 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3864 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3865 {
3866 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3867 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3868 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3869 }
3870
3871 *pm = m;
3872 pm = &m->next;
3873 }
3874
3875 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3876 segment. */
3877 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3878 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3879 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3880 {
3881 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3882 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3883 if (m == NULL)
3884 goto error_return;
3885 m->next = NULL;
3886 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3887 m->count = 1;
3888 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3889
3890 *pm = m;
3891 pm = &m->next;
3892 }
3893
3894 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3895 {
3896 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3897 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3898 if (m == NULL)
3899 goto error_return;
3900 m->next = NULL;
3901 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3902 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3903 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3904
3905 *pm = m;
3906 pm = &m->next;
3907 }
3908
3909 if (info->relro)
3910 {
3911 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3912 {
3913 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
3914 {
3915 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
3916 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
3917 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
3918
3919 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
3920 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
3921 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
3922 break;
3923 }
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3927 if (m != NULL)
3928 {
3929 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3930 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3931 if (m == NULL)
3932 goto error_return;
3933 m->next = NULL;
3934 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3935 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3936 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3937
3938 *pm = m;
3939 pm = &m->next;
3940 }
3941 }
3942
3943 free (sections);
3944 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3945 }
3946
3947 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3948 return FALSE;
3949
3950 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3951 ++count;
3952 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3953
3954 return TRUE;
3955
3956 error_return:
3957 if (sections != NULL)
3958 free (sections);
3959 return FALSE;
3960 }
3961
3962 /* Sort sections by address. */
3963
3964 static int
3965 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3966 {
3967 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3968 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3969 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3970
3971 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3972 place the section into a segment. */
3973 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3974 return -1;
3975 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3976 return 1;
3977
3978 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3979 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3980 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3981 return -1;
3982 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3983 return 1;
3984
3985 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3986
3987 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3988
3989 if (TOEND (sec1))
3990 {
3991 if (TOEND (sec2))
3992 {
3993 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3994 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3995 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3996 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3997 }
3998 else
3999 return 1;
4000 }
4001 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4002 return -1;
4003
4004 #undef TOEND
4005
4006 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4007 before others at the same address. */
4008
4009 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4010 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4011
4012 if (size1 < size2)
4013 return -1;
4014 if (size1 > size2)
4015 return 1;
4016
4017 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4018 }
4019
4020 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4021
4022 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4023 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4024 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4025 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4026 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4027 which is wrong.
4028
4029 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4030 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4031 the page size.'' */
4032 /* In other words, something like:
4033
4034 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4035 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4036 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4037 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4038 else
4039 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4040
4041 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4042
4043 static file_ptr
4044 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4045 {
4046 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4047 }
4048
4049 static void
4050 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4051 {
4052 unsigned int j;
4053 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4054 char buf[32];
4055
4056 if (pt == NULL)
4057 {
4058 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4059 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4060 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4061 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4062 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4063 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4064 else
4065 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4066 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4067 pt = buf;
4068 }
4069 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4070 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4071 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4072 putc ('\n',stderr);
4073 }
4074
4075 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4076 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4077 the file header. */
4078
4079 static bfd_boolean
4080 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4081 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4082 {
4083 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4084 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4085 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4086 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4087 file_ptr off;
4088 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4089 unsigned int alloc;
4090 unsigned int i, j;
4091
4092 if (link_info == NULL
4093 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4094 return FALSE;
4095
4096 alloc = 0;
4097 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4098 ++alloc;
4099
4100 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4101 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4102 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4103
4104 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4105 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4106 else
4107 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4108 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4109
4110 if (alloc == 0)
4111 {
4112 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4113 return TRUE;
4114 }
4115
4116 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4117 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4118 if (phdrs == NULL)
4119 return FALSE;
4120
4121 maxpagesize = 1;
4122 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4123 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4124
4125 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4126 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4127
4128 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4129 m != NULL;
4130 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4131 {
4132 asection **secpp;
4133 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4134 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4135
4136 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4137 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4138 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4139 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4140 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4141 if (m->count > 1
4142 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4143 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4144 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4145 elf_sort_sections);
4146
4147 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4148 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4149 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4150 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4151 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4152 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4153 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4154
4155 if (m->count == 0)
4156 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4157 else
4158 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4159
4160 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4161 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4162 else if (m->count == 0)
4163 p->p_paddr = 0;
4164 else
4165 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4166
4167 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4168 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4169 {
4170 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4171 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4172 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4173 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4174 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4175 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4176 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4177 segment. */
4178 if (m->p_align_valid)
4179 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4180
4181 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4182 }
4183 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4184 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4185 else if (m->count == 0)
4186 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4187 else
4188 p->p_align = 0;
4189
4190 no_contents = FALSE;
4191 off_adjust = 0;
4192 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4193 && m->count > 0)
4194 {
4195 bfd_size_type align;
4196 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4197
4198 if (m->p_align_valid)
4199 align = p->p_align;
4200 else
4201 {
4202 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4203 {
4204 unsigned int secalign;
4205
4206 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4207 if (secalign > align_power)
4208 align_power = secalign;
4209 }
4210 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4211 if (align < maxpagesize)
4212 align = maxpagesize;
4213 }
4214
4215 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4216 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4217 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4218 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4219 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4220 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4221
4222 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4223 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4224 holds for any other sections. */
4225 i = 0;
4226 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4227 {
4228 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4229 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4230 has any loadable sections. */
4231 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4232 || ++i >= m->count)
4233 {
4234 no_contents = TRUE;
4235 break;
4236 }
4237 }
4238
4239 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4240 off += off_adjust;
4241 if (no_contents)
4242 {
4243 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4244 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4245 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4246 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4247 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4248 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4249 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4250 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4251 }
4252 else
4253 off_adjust = 0;
4254 }
4255 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4256 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4257 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4258 && m->count > 1
4259 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4260 {
4261 _bfd_error_handler
4262 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4263 abfd);
4264 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4265 return FALSE;
4266 }
4267 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4268 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4269 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4270 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4271
4272 p->p_offset = 0;
4273 p->p_filesz = 0;
4274 p->p_memsz = 0;
4275
4276 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4277 {
4278 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4279 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4280 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4281 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4282 if (m->count > 0)
4283 {
4284 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4285
4286 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4287 {
4288 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4289 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4290 abfd);
4291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4292 return FALSE;
4293 }
4294
4295 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4296 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4297 p->p_paddr -= off;
4298 }
4299 }
4300
4301 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4302 {
4303 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4304 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4305
4306 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4307 {
4308 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4309
4310 if (m->count > 0)
4311 {
4312 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4313 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4314 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4315 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4316 }
4317 }
4318
4319 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4320 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4321 }
4322
4323 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4324 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4325 {
4326 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4327 p->p_offset = off;
4328 else
4329 {
4330 file_ptr adjust;
4331
4332 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4333 if (!no_contents)
4334 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4335 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4336 }
4337 }
4338
4339 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4340 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4341 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4342 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4343 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4344 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4345 {
4346 asection *sec;
4347 bfd_size_type align;
4348 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4349
4350 sec = *secpp;
4351 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4352 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4353
4354 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4355 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4356 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4357 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4358 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4359 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4360 {
4361 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4362
4363 if (adjust < 0)
4364 {
4365 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4366 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4367 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4368 adjust = 0;
4369 }
4370 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4371
4372 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4373 {
4374 off += adjust;
4375 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4376 }
4377 }
4378
4379 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4380 {
4381 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4382 everything. */
4383 if (i == 0)
4384 {
4385 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4386 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4387 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4388 p->p_memsz = 0;
4389 p->p_align = 1;
4390 }
4391 else
4392 {
4393 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4394 sec->filepos = 0;
4395 sec->size = 0;
4396 sec->flags = 0;
4397 continue;
4398 }
4399 }
4400 else
4401 {
4402 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4403 {
4404 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4405 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4406 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4407 }
4408
4409 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4410 {
4411 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4412 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4413 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4414 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4415 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4416 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4417 }
4418 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4419 {
4420 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4421 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4422
4423 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4424 normal segments. */
4425 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4426 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4427 }
4428
4429 if (align > p->p_align
4430 && !m->p_align_valid
4431 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4432 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4433 p->p_align = align;
4434 }
4435
4436 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4437 {
4438 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4439 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4440 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4441 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4442 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4443 }
4444 }
4445 off -= off_adjust;
4446
4447 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4448 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4449 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4450 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4451 {
4452 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4453 asection *sec;
4454
4455 sec = *secpp;
4456 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4457 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4458 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4459 {
4460 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4461 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4462 abfd, sec, j);
4463 print_segment_map (m);
4464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4465 return FALSE;
4466 }
4467 }
4468 }
4469
4470 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4471 return TRUE;
4472 }
4473
4474 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4475
4476 static bfd_boolean
4477 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4478 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4479 {
4480 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4481 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4482 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4483 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4484 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4485 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4486 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4487 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4488 file_ptr off;
4489 unsigned int num_sec;
4490 unsigned int i;
4491 unsigned int count;
4492
4493 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4494 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4495 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4496 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4497 {
4498 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4500
4501 hdr = *hdrpp;
4502 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4503 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4504 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4505 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4506 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4507 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4508 {
4509 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4510 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4511 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4512 abfd,
4513 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4514 ? "*unknown*"
4515 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4516 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4517 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4518 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4519 bed->maxpagesize);
4520 else
4521 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4522 hdr->sh_addralign);
4523 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4524 FALSE);
4525 }
4526 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4527 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4528 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4529 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4530 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4531 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4532 else
4533 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4534 }
4535
4536 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4537 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4538 count = 0;
4539 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4540 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4541 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4542 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4543 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4544 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4545 m != NULL;
4546 m = m->next, p++)
4547 {
4548 ++count;
4549 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4550 continue;
4551
4552 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4553 {
4554 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4555 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4556 }
4557 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4558 {
4559 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4560 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4561 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4562 {
4563 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4564 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4565 }
4566 }
4567 }
4568
4569 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4570 m != NULL;
4571 m = m->next, p++)
4572 {
4573 if (m->count != 0)
4574 {
4575 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4576 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4577 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4578 {
4579 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4580 asection *sect;
4581
4582 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4583
4584 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4585 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4586 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4587 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4588 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4589
4590 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4591 {
4592 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4593 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4594 linker logic. */
4595 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4596
4597 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4598 {
4599 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4600 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4601 break;
4602 }
4603
4604 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4605 {
4606 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4607 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4608 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4609 if (m->p_size_valid)
4610 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4611 else
4612 abort ();
4613 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4614 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4615 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4616 p->p_align = 1;
4617 }
4618 else
4619 abort ();
4620 }
4621 else
4622 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4623 }
4624 }
4625 else
4626 {
4627 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4628 {
4629 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4630 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4631 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4632 }
4633 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4634 {
4635 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4636 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4637 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4638 }
4639 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4640 {
4641 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4642
4643 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4644 {
4645 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4646 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4647 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4648 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4649 >= link_info->relro_end))
4650 break;
4651 }
4652
4653 if (lp < phdrs + count
4654 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4655 {
4656 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4657 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4658 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4659 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4660 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4661 p->p_align = 1;
4662 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4663 }
4664 else
4665 {
4666 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4667 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4668 }
4669 }
4670 }
4671 }
4672
4673 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4674
4675 return TRUE;
4676 }
4677
4678 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4679 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4680 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4681
4682 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4683 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4684 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4685 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4686 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4687 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4688 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4689
4690 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4691
4692 static bfd_boolean
4693 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4694 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4695 {
4696 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4697 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4698 file_ptr off;
4699 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4700
4701 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4702 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4703 {
4704 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4705 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4706 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4707 unsigned int i;
4708
4709 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4710 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4711
4712 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4713 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4714 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4715 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4716 {
4717 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4718
4719 hdr = *hdrpp;
4720 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4721 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4722 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4723 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4724 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4725 {
4726 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4727 }
4728 else
4729 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4730 }
4731 }
4732 else
4733 {
4734 unsigned int alloc;
4735
4736 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4737 assignment of sections to segments. */
4738 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4739 return FALSE;
4740
4741 /* And for non-load sections. */
4742 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4743 return FALSE;
4744
4745 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4746 {
4747 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4748 return FALSE;
4749 }
4750
4751 /* Write out the program headers. */
4752 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4753 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4754 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4755 return FALSE;
4756
4757 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4758 }
4759
4760 /* Place the section headers. */
4761 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4762 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4763 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4764
4765 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4766
4767 return TRUE;
4768 }
4769
4770 static bfd_boolean
4771 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4772 {
4773 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4774 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4775 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4776 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4777
4778 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4779
4780 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4781 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4782 return FALSE;
4783
4784 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4785
4786 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4787 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4788 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4789 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4790
4791 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4792 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4793 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4794 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4795
4796 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4797 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4798 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4799 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4800 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4801 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4802 else
4803 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4804
4805 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4806 {
4807 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4808 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4809 break;
4810
4811 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4812 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4813 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4814 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4815 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4816 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4817 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4818 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4819 default:
4820 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4821 }
4822
4823 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4824 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4825
4826 /* No program header, for now. */
4827 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4828 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4829 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4830
4831 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4832 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4833 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4834
4835 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4836 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4837 /* It all happens later. */
4838 ;
4839 else
4840 {
4841 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4842 i_phdrp = 0;
4843 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4844 }
4845
4846 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4847 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4848 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4849 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4850 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4851 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4852 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4853 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4854 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4855 return FALSE;
4856
4857 return TRUE;
4858 }
4859
4860 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4861 of the loadable file image. */
4862
4863 void
4864 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4865 {
4866 file_ptr off;
4867 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4868 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4869
4870 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4871
4872 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4873 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4874 {
4875 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4876
4877 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4878 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4879 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4880 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4881 }
4882
4883 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4884 }
4885
4886 bfd_boolean
4887 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4888 {
4889 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4890 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4891 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4892 bfd_boolean failed;
4893 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4894
4895 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4896 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4897 return FALSE;
4898
4899 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4900 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4901
4902 failed = FALSE;
4903 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4904 if (failed)
4905 return FALSE;
4906
4907 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4908
4909 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4910 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4911 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4912 {
4913 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4914 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4915 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4916 {
4917 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4918
4919 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4920 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4921 return FALSE;
4922 }
4923 }
4924
4925 /* Write out the section header names. */
4926 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4927 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4928 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4929 return FALSE;
4930
4931 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4932 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4933 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4934
4935 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4936 return FALSE;
4937
4938 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4939 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4940 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4941
4942 return TRUE;
4943 }
4944
4945 bfd_boolean
4946 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4947 {
4948 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4949 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4950 }
4951
4952 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4953
4954 unsigned int
4955 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4956 {
4957 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4958 unsigned int index;
4959
4960 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4961 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4962 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4963
4964 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4965 index = SHN_ABS;
4966 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4967 index = SHN_COMMON;
4968 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4969 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4970 else
4971 index = SHN_BAD;
4972
4973 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4974 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4975 {
4976 int retval = index;
4977
4978 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4979 return retval;
4980 }
4981
4982 if (index == SHN_BAD)
4983 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4984
4985 return index;
4986 }
4987
4988 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4989 on error. */
4990
4991 int
4992 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4993 {
4994 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4995 int idx;
4996 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4997
4998 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4999 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5000 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5001 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5002 input sections rather than the output section. */
5003 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5004 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5005 && asym_ptr->section)
5006 {
5007 asection *sec;
5008 int indx;
5009
5010 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5011 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5012 sec = sec->output_section;
5013 if (sec->owner == abfd
5014 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5015 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5016 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5017 }
5018
5019 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5020
5021 if (idx == 0)
5022 {
5023 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5024 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5025 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5026 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5027 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5029 return -1;
5030 }
5031
5032 #if DEBUG & 4
5033 {
5034 fprintf (stderr,
5035 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5036 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5037 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5038 fflush (stderr);
5039 }
5040 #endif
5041
5042 return idx;
5043 }
5044
5045 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5046
5047 static bfd_boolean
5048 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5049 {
5050 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5051 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5052 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5053 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5054 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5055 asection *section;
5056 unsigned int i;
5057 unsigned int num_segments;
5058 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5059 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5060 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5061 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5062 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5063
5064 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5065 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5066
5067 map_first = NULL;
5068 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5069
5070 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5071 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5072
5073 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5074 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5075 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5076 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5077
5078 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5079 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5080 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5081 ? section->size : 0)
5082
5083 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5084 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5085 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5086 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5087 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5088 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5089
5090 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5091 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5092 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5093 (section->lma >= base \
5094 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5095 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5096
5097 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5098 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5099 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5100 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5101 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5102 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5103 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5104
5105 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5106 etc. */
5107 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5108 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \
5109 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5110 && s->vma == 0 \
5111 && s->lma == 0)
5112
5113 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5114 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5115 p_memsz set to 0. */
5116 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5117 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5118 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5119 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5120 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5121 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5122 && s->size > 0 \
5123 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5124 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5125 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5126
5127 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5128 A section will be included if:
5129 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5130 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5131 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5132 segment.
5133 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5134 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5135 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5136 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5137 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5138 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5139 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5140 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5141 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5142 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5143 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5144 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5145 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5146 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5147 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5148 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5149 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5150 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5151 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5152 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5153 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5154 || (segment->p_paddr \
5155 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5156 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5157 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5158 == 0)) \
5159 && !section->segment_mark)
5160
5161 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5162 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5163 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5164 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5165 && section->output_section != NULL)
5166
5167 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5168 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5169 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5170
5171 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5172 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5173 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5174 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5175 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5176 LMA. */
5177 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5178 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5179 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5180 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5181 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5182
5183 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5184 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5185 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5186
5187 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5188 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5189 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5190 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5191 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5192 i < num_segments;
5193 i++, segment++)
5194 {
5195 unsigned int j;
5196 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5197
5198 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5199 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5200 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5201 {
5202 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5203 assignment code will work. */
5204 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5205 break;
5206 }
5207
5208 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5209 {
5210 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5211 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5212 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5213 continue;
5214 }
5215
5216 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5217 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5218 {
5219 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5220
5221 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5222 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5223 continue;
5224
5225 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5226 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5227 {
5228 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5229 SEGMENT. */
5230 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5231 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5232
5233 if (extra_length > 0)
5234 {
5235 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5236 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5237 }
5238
5239 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5240
5241 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5242 i = 0;
5243 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5244 break;
5245 }
5246 else
5247 {
5248 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5249 SEGMENT2. */
5250 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5251 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5252
5253 if (extra_length > 0)
5254 {
5255 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5256 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5257 }
5258
5259 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5260 }
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5265 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5266 i < num_segments;
5267 i++, segment++)
5268 {
5269 unsigned int section_count;
5270 asection **sections;
5271 asection *output_section;
5272 unsigned int isec;
5273 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5274 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5275 unsigned int j;
5276 bfd_size_type amt;
5277 asection *first_section;
5278 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5279 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5280
5281 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5282 continue;
5283
5284 first_section = NULL;
5285 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5286 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5287 section != NULL;
5288 section = section->next)
5289 {
5290 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5291 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5292 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5293 {
5294 if (first_section == NULL)
5295 first_section = section;
5296 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5297 ++section_count;
5298 }
5299 }
5300
5301 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5302 all of the sections we have selected. */
5303 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5304 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5305 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5306 if (map == NULL)
5307 return FALSE;
5308
5309 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5310 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5311 map->next = NULL;
5312 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5313 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5314 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5315
5316 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5317 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5318 output segment. */
5319 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5320 {
5321 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5322 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5323 }
5324
5325 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5326 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5327 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5328 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5329 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5330
5331 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5332 {
5333 map->includes_phdrs =
5334 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5335 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5336 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5337 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5338
5339 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5340 phdr_included = TRUE;
5341 }
5342
5343 if (section_count == 0)
5344 {
5345 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5346 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5347 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5348 a warning is produced. */
5349 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5350 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5351 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5352 ibfd);
5353
5354 map->count = 0;
5355 *pointer_to_map = map;
5356 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5357
5358 continue;
5359 }
5360
5361 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5362 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5363 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5364 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5365
5366 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5367 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5368 input BFD.
5369
5370 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5371 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5372 of the first section.
5373
5374 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5375 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5376 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5377 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5378 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5379
5380 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5381 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5382 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5383 or segments to contain the other sections.
5384
5385 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5386 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5387 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5388
5389 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5390 to work around this long long bug. */
5391 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5392 if (sections == NULL)
5393 return FALSE;
5394
5395 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5396 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5397 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5398 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5399 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5400 more to do. */
5401 isec = 0;
5402 matching_lma = 0;
5403 suggested_lma = 0;
5404 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5405 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5406
5407 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5408 section != NULL;
5409 section = section->next)
5410 if (section == first_section)
5411 break;
5412
5413 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5414 {
5415 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5416 {
5417 output_section = section->output_section;
5418
5419 sections[j++] = section;
5420
5421 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5422 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5423 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5424 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5425 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5426 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5427 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5428 && isec == 0
5429 && output_section->lma != 0
5430 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5431 + (map->includes_filehdr
5432 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5433 : 0)
5434 + (map->includes_phdrs
5435 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5436 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5437 : 0)))
5438 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5439
5440 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5441 LMA address of the output section. */
5442 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5443 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5444 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5445 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5446 {
5447 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5448 {
5449 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5450 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5451 }
5452
5453 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5454 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5455 segment. */
5456 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5457 }
5458 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5459 {
5460 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5461 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5462 }
5463
5464 if (j == section_count)
5465 break;
5466 }
5467 }
5468
5469 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5470
5471 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5472 if necessary. */
5473 if (isec == section_count)
5474 {
5475 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5476 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5477 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5478 program header in the input BFD. */
5479 map->count = section_count;
5480 *pointer_to_map = map;
5481 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5482
5483 if (!bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5484 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5485 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5486 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5487 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5488 segment's vma. */
5489 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5490
5491 free (sections);
5492 continue;
5493 }
5494 else
5495 {
5496 if (!first_matching_lma)
5497 {
5498 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5499 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5500 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5501 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5502 }
5503 else
5504 {
5505 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5506 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5507 the LMA of the first section. */
5508 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5509 }
5510
5511 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5512 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5513 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5514 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5515
5516 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5517 {
5518 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5519
5520 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5521 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5522 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5523 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5524 offset when we know the correct value. */
5525 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5526 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5527 }
5528 }
5529
5530 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5531 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5532 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5533 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5534 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5535 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5536 the loop. */
5537 isec = 0;
5538 do
5539 {
5540 map->count = 0;
5541 suggested_lma = 0;
5542 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5543
5544 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5545 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5546 {
5547 section = sections[j];
5548
5549 if (section == NULL)
5550 continue;
5551
5552 output_section = section->output_section;
5553
5554 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5555
5556 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5557 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5558 {
5559 if (map->count == 0)
5560 {
5561 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5562 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5563 wrong. */
5564 if (output_section->lma
5565 != (map->p_paddr
5566 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5567 + (map->includes_phdrs
5568 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5569 : 0)))
5570 abort ();
5571 }
5572 else
5573 {
5574 asection *prev_sec;
5575
5576 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5577
5578 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5579 and the start of this section is more than
5580 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5581 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5582 maxpagesize)
5583 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5584 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5585 > output_section->lma))
5586 {
5587 if (first_suggested_lma)
5588 {
5589 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5590 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5591 }
5592
5593 continue;
5594 }
5595 }
5596
5597 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5598 ++isec;
5599 sections[j] = NULL;
5600 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5601 }
5602 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5603 {
5604 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5605 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5606 }
5607 }
5608
5609 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5610
5611 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5612 *pointer_to_map = map;
5613 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5614
5615 if (isec < section_count)
5616 {
5617 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5618 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5619 and carry on looping. */
5620 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5621 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5622 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5623 if (map == NULL)
5624 {
5625 free (sections);
5626 return FALSE;
5627 }
5628
5629 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5630 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5631 not yet been assigned. */
5632 map->next = NULL;
5633 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5634 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5635 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5636 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5637 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5638 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5639 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5640 }
5641 }
5642 while (isec < section_count);
5643
5644 free (sections);
5645 }
5646
5647 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5648 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5649 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5650 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5651 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5652 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5653 break;
5654 if (map == NULL)
5655 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5656 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5657
5658 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5659
5660 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5661 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5662 the offset if necessary. */
5663 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5664 {
5665 unsigned int count;
5666
5667 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5668 count++;
5669
5670 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5671 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5672 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5673 }
5674
5675 #undef SEGMENT_END
5676 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5677 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5678 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5679 #undef IS_NOTE
5680 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5681 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5682 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5683 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5684 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5685 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5686 return TRUE;
5687 }
5688
5689 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5690
5691 static bfd_boolean
5692 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5693 {
5694 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5695 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5696 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5697 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5698 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5699 unsigned int i;
5700 unsigned int num_segments;
5701 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5702 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5703
5704 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5705
5706 map_first = NULL;
5707 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5708
5709 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
5710 map->p_paddr_valid. */
5711 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5712 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5713 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5714 i < num_segments;
5715 i++, segment++)
5716 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5717 {
5718 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5719 break;
5720 }
5721
5722 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5723 i < num_segments;
5724 i++, segment++)
5725 {
5726 asection *section;
5727 unsigned int section_count;
5728 bfd_size_type amt;
5729 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5730 asection *first_section = NULL;
5731 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5732
5733 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5734 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5735 section != NULL;
5736 section = section->next)
5737 {
5738 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5739 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5740 {
5741 if (!first_section)
5742 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5743 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5744 lowest_section = section;
5745 section_count++;
5746 }
5747 }
5748
5749 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5750 all of the sections we have selected. */
5751 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5752 if (section_count != 0)
5753 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5754 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5755 if (map == NULL)
5756 return FALSE;
5757
5758 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5759 input segment. */
5760 map->next = NULL;
5761 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5762 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5763 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5764 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5765 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5766 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5767 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5768 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5769
5770 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5771 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5772 {
5773 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5774 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5775 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5776 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5777 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5778 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5779 }
5780
5781 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5782 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5783 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5784 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5785
5786 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5787 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5788 {
5789 map->includes_phdrs =
5790 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5791 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5792 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5793 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5794
5795 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5796 phdr_included = TRUE;
5797 }
5798
5799 if (!map->includes_phdrs
5800 && !map->includes_filehdr
5801 && map->p_paddr_valid)
5802 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5803 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5804 - segment->p_paddr);
5805
5806 if (section_count != 0)
5807 {
5808 unsigned int isec = 0;
5809
5810 for (section = first_section;
5811 section != NULL;
5812 section = section->next)
5813 {
5814 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5815 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5816 {
5817 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5818 if (isec == section_count)
5819 break;
5820 }
5821 }
5822 }
5823
5824 map->count = section_count;
5825 *pointer_to_map = map;
5826 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5827 }
5828
5829 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5830 return TRUE;
5831 }
5832
5833 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5834 information. */
5835
5836 static bfd_boolean
5837 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5838 {
5839 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5840 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5841 return TRUE;
5842
5843 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5844 return TRUE;
5845
5846 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5847 {
5848 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5849 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5850 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5851 asection *section, *osec;
5852 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5853 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5854 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5855
5856 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5857
5858 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5859 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5860 goto rewrite;
5861
5862 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5863 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5864 section = section->next)
5865 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5866
5867 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5868 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5869 i < num_segments;
5870 i++, segment++)
5871 {
5872 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5873 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5874 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5875 map in this case. */
5876 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5877 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5878 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5879 goto rewrite;
5880
5881 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5882 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5883 {
5884 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5885 from the input BFD. */
5886 osec = section->output_section;
5887 if (osec)
5888 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5889
5890 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5891 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5892 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5893 {
5894 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5895 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5896 if (osec == NULL
5897 || section->flags != osec->flags
5898 || section->lma != osec->lma
5899 || section->vma != osec->vma
5900 || section->size != osec->size
5901 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5902 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5903 goto rewrite;
5904 }
5905 }
5906 }
5907
5908 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5909 input BFD. */
5910 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5911 section = section->next)
5912 {
5913 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5914 goto rewrite;
5915 else
5916 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5917 }
5918
5919 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5920 }
5921
5922 rewrite:
5923 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5924 }
5925
5926 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5927
5928 bfd_boolean
5929 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5930 asection *isec,
5931 bfd *obfd,
5932 asection *osec,
5933 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5934
5935 {
5936 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5937 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5938
5939 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5940 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5941 return TRUE;
5942
5943 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5944 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5945 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5946 section flags. */
5947 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5948 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5949 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5950
5951 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5952 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5953 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5954
5955 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5956 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5957 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5958 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5959 if (need_group)
5960 {
5961 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5962 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5963 {
5964 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5965 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5966 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5967 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5968 }
5969 }
5970
5971 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5972
5973 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5974 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5975 may be NULL at this point. */
5976 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5977 {
5978 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5979 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5980 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5981 }
5982
5983 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5984
5985 return TRUE;
5986 }
5987
5988 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5989 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5990
5991 bfd_boolean
5992 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5993 asection *isec,
5994 bfd *obfd,
5995 asection *osec)
5996 {
5997 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5998
5999 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6000 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6001 return TRUE;
6002
6003 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6004 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6005
6006 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6007
6008 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6009 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6010 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6011 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6012 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6013
6014 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6015 NULL);
6016 }
6017
6018 /* Copy private header information. */
6019
6020 bfd_boolean
6021 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6022 {
6023 asection *isec;
6024
6025 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6026 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6027 return TRUE;
6028
6029 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6030 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6031 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6032 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6033 already been worked out. */
6034 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6035 {
6036 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6037 return FALSE;
6038 }
6039
6040 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6041 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6042 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6043 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6044 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6045 {
6046 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6047 asection *s = first;
6048 while (s != NULL)
6049 {
6050 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6051 {
6052 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6053 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6054 }
6055 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6056 if (s == first)
6057 break;
6058 }
6059 }
6060
6061 return TRUE;
6062 }
6063
6064 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6065 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6066 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6067 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6068 swap_out_syms function. */
6069
6070 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6071 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6072 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6073 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6074 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6075
6076 bfd_boolean
6077 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6078 asymbol *isymarg,
6079 bfd *obfd,
6080 asymbol *osymarg)
6081 {
6082 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6083
6084 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6085 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6086 return TRUE;
6087
6088 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6089 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6090
6091 if (isym != NULL
6092 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6093 && osym != NULL
6094 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6095 {
6096 unsigned int shndx;
6097
6098 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6099 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6100 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6101 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6102 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6103 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6104 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6105 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6106 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6107 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6108 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6109 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6110 }
6111
6112 return TRUE;
6113 }
6114
6115 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6116
6117 static bfd_boolean
6118 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6119 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6120 int relocatable_p)
6121 {
6122 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6123 int symcount;
6124 asymbol **syms;
6125 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6126 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6127 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6128 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6129 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6130 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6131 int idx;
6132 bfd_size_type amt;
6133 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6134
6135 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6136 return FALSE;
6137
6138 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6139 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6140 if (stt == NULL)
6141 return FALSE;
6142
6143 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6144 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6145 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6146 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6147 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6148 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6149 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6150 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6151
6152 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6153 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6154
6155 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6156 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6157 {
6158 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6159 return FALSE;
6160 }
6161 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6162
6163 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6164 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6165 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6166 {
6167 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6168 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6169 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6170 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6171 {
6172 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6173 return FALSE;
6174 }
6175
6176 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6177 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6178 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6179 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6180 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6181 }
6182
6183 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6184 {
6185 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6186 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6187 sym.st_name = 0;
6188 sym.st_value = 0;
6189 sym.st_size = 0;
6190 sym.st_info = 0;
6191 sym.st_other = 0;
6192 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6193 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6194 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6195 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6196 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6197 }
6198
6199 name_local_sections
6200 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6201 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6202
6203 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6204 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6205 {
6206 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6207 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6208 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6209 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6210 int type;
6211
6212 if (!name_local_sections
6213 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6214 {
6215 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6216 sym.st_name = 0;
6217 }
6218 else
6219 {
6220 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6221 syms[idx]->name,
6222 TRUE, FALSE);
6223 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6224 {
6225 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6226 return FALSE;
6227 }
6228 }
6229
6230 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6231
6232 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6233 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6234 {
6235 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6236 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6237 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6238 sym.st_size = value;
6239 if (type_ptr == NULL
6240 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6241 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6242 else
6243 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6244 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6245 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6246 }
6247 else
6248 {
6249 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6250 unsigned int shndx;
6251
6252 if (sec->output_section)
6253 {
6254 value += sec->output_offset;
6255 sec = sec->output_section;
6256 }
6257
6258 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6259 if (! relocatable_p)
6260 value += sec->vma;
6261 sym.st_value = value;
6262 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6263
6264 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6265 && type_ptr != NULL
6266 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6267 {
6268 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6269 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6270 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6271 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6272 switch (shndx)
6273 {
6274 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6275 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6276 break;
6277 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6278 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6279 break;
6280 case MAP_STRTAB:
6281 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6282 break;
6283 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6284 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6285 break;
6286 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6287 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6288 break;
6289 default:
6290 break;
6291 }
6292 }
6293 else
6294 {
6295 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6296
6297 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6298 {
6299 asection *sec2;
6300
6301 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6302 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6303 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6304 demand of applications. For example, it
6305 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6306 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6307 actually in the output file. */
6308 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6309 if (sec2 == NULL)
6310 {
6311 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6312 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6313 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6314 sec->name);
6315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6316 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6317 return FALSE;
6318 }
6319
6320 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6321 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6322 }
6323 }
6324
6325 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6326 }
6327
6328 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6329 type = STT_TLS;
6330 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6331 type = STT_FUNC;
6332 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6333 type = STT_OBJECT;
6334 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6335 type = STT_RELC;
6336 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6337 type = STT_SRELC;
6338 else
6339 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6340
6341 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6342 type = STT_TLS;
6343
6344 /* Processor-specific types. */
6345 if (type_ptr != NULL
6346 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6347 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6348 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6349
6350 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6351 {
6352 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6353 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6354 else
6355 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6356 }
6357 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6358 {
6359 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6360 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6361 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6362 else
6363 #else
6364 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6365 #endif
6366 }
6367 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6368 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6369 ? STB_WEAK
6370 : STB_GLOBAL),
6371 type);
6372 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6373 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6374 else
6375 {
6376 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6377
6378 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6379 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6380 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6381 bind = STB_WEAK;
6382 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6383 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6384
6385 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6386 }
6387
6388 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6389 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6390 else
6391 sym.st_other = 0;
6392
6393 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6394 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6395 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6396 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6397 }
6398
6399 *sttp = stt;
6400 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6401 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6402
6403 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6404 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6405 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6406 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6407 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6408 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6409
6410 return TRUE;
6411 }
6412
6413 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6414
6415 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6416 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6417 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6418
6419 long
6420 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6421 {
6422 long symcount;
6423 long symtab_size;
6424 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6425
6426 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6427 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6428 if (symcount > 0)
6429 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6430
6431 return symtab_size;
6432 }
6433
6434 long
6435 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6436 {
6437 long symcount;
6438 long symtab_size;
6439 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6440
6441 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6442 {
6443 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6444 return -1;
6445 }
6446
6447 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6448 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6449 if (symcount > 0)
6450 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6451
6452 return symtab_size;
6453 }
6454
6455 long
6456 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6457 sec_ptr asect)
6458 {
6459 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6460 }
6461
6462 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6463
6464 long
6465 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6466 sec_ptr section,
6467 arelent **relptr,
6468 asymbol **symbols)
6469 {
6470 arelent *tblptr;
6471 unsigned int i;
6472 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6473
6474 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6475 return -1;
6476
6477 tblptr = section->relocation;
6478 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6479 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6480
6481 *relptr = NULL;
6482
6483 return section->reloc_count;
6484 }
6485
6486 long
6487 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6488 {
6489 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6490 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6491
6492 if (symcount >= 0)
6493 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6494 return symcount;
6495 }
6496
6497 long
6498 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6499 asymbol **allocation)
6500 {
6501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6502 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6503
6504 if (symcount >= 0)
6505 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6506 return symcount;
6507 }
6508
6509 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6510 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6511 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6512 dynamic reloc section. */
6513
6514 long
6515 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6516 {
6517 long ret;
6518 asection *s;
6519
6520 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6521 {
6522 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6523 return -1;
6524 }
6525
6526 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6527 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6528 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6529 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6530 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6531 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6532 * sizeof (arelent *));
6533
6534 return ret;
6535 }
6536
6537 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6538 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6539 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6540 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6541 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6542 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6543 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6544
6545 long
6546 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6547 arelent **storage,
6548 asymbol **syms)
6549 {
6550 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6551 asection *s;
6552 long ret;
6553
6554 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6555 {
6556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6557 return -1;
6558 }
6559
6560 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6561 ret = 0;
6562 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6563 {
6564 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6565 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6566 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6567 {
6568 arelent *p;
6569 long count, i;
6570
6571 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6572 return -1;
6573 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6574 p = s->relocation;
6575 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6576 *storage++ = p++;
6577 ret += count;
6578 }
6579 }
6580
6581 *storage = NULL;
6582
6583 return ret;
6584 }
6585 \f
6586 /* Read in the version information. */
6587
6588 bfd_boolean
6589 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6590 {
6591 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6592 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6593
6594 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6595 {
6596 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6597 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6598 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6599 unsigned int i;
6600 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6601
6602 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6603
6604 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6605 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6606 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6607 goto error_return;
6608
6609 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6610
6611 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6612 if (contents == NULL)
6613 {
6614 error_return_verref:
6615 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6616 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6617 goto error_return;
6618 }
6619 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6620 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6621 goto error_return_verref;
6622
6623 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6624 goto error_return_verref;
6625
6626 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6627 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6628 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6629 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6630 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6631 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6632 {
6633 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6634 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6635 unsigned int j;
6636
6637 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6638
6639 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6640
6641 iverneed->vn_filename =
6642 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6643 iverneed->vn_file);
6644 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6645 goto error_return_verref;
6646
6647 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6648 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6649 else
6650 {
6651 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6652 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6653 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6654 goto error_return_verref;
6655 }
6656
6657 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6658 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6659 goto error_return_verref;
6660
6661 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6662 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6663 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6664 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6665 {
6666 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6667
6668 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6669 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6670 ivernaux->vna_name);
6671 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6672 goto error_return_verref;
6673
6674 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6675 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6676 else
6677 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6678
6679 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6680 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6681 goto error_return_verref;
6682
6683 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6684 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6685
6686 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6687 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6688 }
6689
6690 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6691 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6692 else
6693 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6694
6695 if (iverneed->vn_next
6696 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6697 goto error_return_verref;
6698
6699 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6700 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6701 }
6702
6703 free (contents);
6704 contents = NULL;
6705 }
6706
6707 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6708 {
6709 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6710 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6711 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6712 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6713 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6714 unsigned int i;
6715 unsigned int maxidx;
6716 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6717
6718 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6719
6720 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6721 if (contents == NULL)
6722 goto error_return;
6723 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6724 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6725 goto error_return;
6726
6727 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6728 goto error_return;
6729
6730 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6731 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6732 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6733 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6734 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6735 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6736
6737 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6738 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6739 the maximum. */
6740 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6741 maxidx = 0;
6742 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6743 {
6744 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6745
6746 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6747 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6748
6749 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6750 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6751 goto error_return;
6752
6753 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6754 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6755 }
6756
6757 if (default_imported_symver)
6758 {
6759 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6760 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6761 else
6762 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6763 }
6764 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6765 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6766 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6767 goto error_return;
6768
6769 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6770
6771 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6772 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6773 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6774 {
6775 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6776 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6777 unsigned int j;
6778
6779 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6780
6781 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6782 {
6783 error_return_verdef:
6784 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6785 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6786 goto error_return;
6787 }
6788
6789 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6790 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6791
6792 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6793
6794 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6795 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6796 else
6797 {
6798 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6799 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6800 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6801 goto error_return_verdef;
6802 }
6803
6804 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6805 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6806 goto error_return_verdef;
6807
6808 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6809 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6810 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6811 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6812 {
6813 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6814
6815 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6816 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6817 iverdaux->vda_name);
6818 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6819 goto error_return_verdef;
6820
6821 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6822 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6823 else
6824 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6825
6826 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6827 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6828 goto error_return_verdef;
6829
6830 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6831 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6832 }
6833
6834 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6835 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6836
6837 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6838 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6839 else
6840 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6841
6842 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6843 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6844 }
6845
6846 free (contents);
6847 contents = NULL;
6848 }
6849 else if (default_imported_symver)
6850 {
6851 if (freeidx < 3)
6852 freeidx = 3;
6853 else
6854 freeidx++;
6855
6856 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6857 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6858 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6859 goto error_return;
6860
6861 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6862 }
6863
6864 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6865 if (default_imported_symver)
6866 {
6867 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6868 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6869
6870 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6871
6872 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6873 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6874 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6875 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6876
6877 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6878
6879 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6880 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6881 goto error_return_verdef;
6882 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6883 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6884 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6885 goto error_return_verdef;
6886
6887 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6888 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6889 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6890 }
6891
6892 return TRUE;
6893
6894 error_return:
6895 if (contents != NULL)
6896 free (contents);
6897 return FALSE;
6898 }
6899 \f
6900 asymbol *
6901 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6902 {
6903 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6904 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6905
6906 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6907 if (!newsym)
6908 return NULL;
6909 else
6910 {
6911 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6912 return &newsym->symbol;
6913 }
6914 }
6915
6916 void
6917 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6918 asymbol *symbol,
6919 symbol_info *ret)
6920 {
6921 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6922 }
6923
6924 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6925 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6926 override it. */
6927
6928 bfd_boolean
6929 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6930 const char *name)
6931 {
6932 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6933 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6934 return TRUE;
6935
6936 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6937 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6938 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6939 return TRUE;
6940
6941 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6942 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6943 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6944 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6945 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6946 we treat such symbols as local. */
6947 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6948 return TRUE;
6949
6950 return FALSE;
6951 }
6952
6953 alent *
6954 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6955 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6956 {
6957 abort ();
6958 return NULL;
6959 }
6960
6961 bfd_boolean
6962 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6963 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6964 unsigned long machine)
6965 {
6966 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6967 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6968 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6969 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6970 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6971 return FALSE;
6972
6973 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6974 }
6975
6976 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6977 for error reporting. */
6978
6979 static bfd_boolean
6980 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6981 asection *section,
6982 asymbol **symbols,
6983 bfd_vma offset,
6984 const char **filename_ptr,
6985 const char **functionname_ptr)
6986 {
6987 const char *filename;
6988 asymbol *func, *file;
6989 bfd_vma low_func;
6990 asymbol **p;
6991 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6992 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6993 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6994 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6995 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6996 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6997 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6998 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6999 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7000
7001 filename = NULL;
7002 func = NULL;
7003 file = NULL;
7004 low_func = 0;
7005 state = nothing_seen;
7006
7007 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7008 {
7009 elf_symbol_type *q;
7010
7011 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
7012
7013 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
7014 {
7015 default:
7016 break;
7017 case STT_FILE:
7018 file = &q->symbol;
7019 if (state == symbol_seen)
7020 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7021 continue;
7022 case STT_NOTYPE:
7023 case STT_FUNC:
7024 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7025 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7026 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7027 {
7028 func = (asymbol *) q;
7029 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7030 filename = NULL;
7031 if (file != NULL
7032 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7033 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7034 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7035 }
7036 break;
7037 }
7038 if (state == nothing_seen)
7039 state = symbol_seen;
7040 }
7041
7042 if (func == NULL)
7043 return FALSE;
7044
7045 if (filename_ptr)
7046 *filename_ptr = filename;
7047 if (functionname_ptr)
7048 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7049
7050 return TRUE;
7051 }
7052
7053 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7054 for error reporting. */
7055
7056 bfd_boolean
7057 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7058 asection *section,
7059 asymbol **symbols,
7060 bfd_vma offset,
7061 const char **filename_ptr,
7062 const char **functionname_ptr,
7063 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7064 {
7065 bfd_boolean found;
7066
7067 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7068 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7069 line_ptr))
7070 {
7071 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7072 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7073 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7074 functionname_ptr);
7075
7076 return TRUE;
7077 }
7078
7079 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7080 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7081 line_ptr, 0,
7082 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7083 {
7084 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7085 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7086 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7087 functionname_ptr);
7088
7089 return TRUE;
7090 }
7091
7092 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7093 &found, filename_ptr,
7094 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7095 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7096 return FALSE;
7097 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7098 return TRUE;
7099
7100 if (symbols == NULL)
7101 return FALSE;
7102
7103 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7104 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7105 return FALSE;
7106
7107 *line_ptr = 0;
7108 return TRUE;
7109 }
7110
7111 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7112
7113 bfd_boolean
7114 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7115 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7116 {
7117 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7118 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7119 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7120 }
7121
7122 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7123 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7124 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7125 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7126 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7127
7128 bfd_boolean
7129 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7130 const char **filename_ptr,
7131 const char **functionname_ptr,
7132 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7133 {
7134 bfd_boolean found;
7135 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7136 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7137 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7138 return found;
7139 }
7140
7141 int
7142 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7143 {
7144 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7145 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7146
7147 if (!info->relocatable)
7148 {
7149 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7150
7151 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7152 {
7153 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7154
7155 phdr_size = 0;
7156 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7157 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7158
7159 if (phdr_size == 0)
7160 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7161 }
7162
7163 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7164 ret += phdr_size;
7165 }
7166
7167 return ret;
7168 }
7169
7170 bfd_boolean
7171 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7172 sec_ptr section,
7173 const void *location,
7174 file_ptr offset,
7175 bfd_size_type count)
7176 {
7177 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7178 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7179
7180 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7181 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7182 return FALSE;
7183
7184 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7185 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7186 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7187 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7188 return FALSE;
7189
7190 return TRUE;
7191 }
7192
7193 void
7194 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7195 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7196 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7197 {
7198 abort ();
7199 }
7200
7201 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7202
7203 bfd_boolean
7204 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7205 {
7206 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7207
7208 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7209 {
7210 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7211 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7212
7213 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7214 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7215
7216 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7217 {
7218 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7219 {
7220 case 8:
7221 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7222 break;
7223 case 12:
7224 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7225 break;
7226 case 16:
7227 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7228 break;
7229 case 24:
7230 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7231 break;
7232 case 32:
7233 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7234 break;
7235 case 64:
7236 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7237 break;
7238 default:
7239 goto fail;
7240 }
7241
7242 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7243
7244 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7245 {
7246 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7247 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7248 else
7249 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7250 }
7251 }
7252 else
7253 {
7254 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7255 {
7256 case 8:
7257 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7258 break;
7259 case 14:
7260 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7261 break;
7262 case 16:
7263 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7264 break;
7265 case 26:
7266 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7267 break;
7268 case 32:
7269 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7270 break;
7271 case 64:
7272 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7273 break;
7274 default:
7275 goto fail;
7276 }
7277
7278 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7279 }
7280
7281 if (howto)
7282 areloc->howto = howto;
7283 else
7284 goto fail;
7285 }
7286
7287 return TRUE;
7288
7289 fail:
7290 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7291 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7292 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7293 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7294 return FALSE;
7295 }
7296
7297 bfd_boolean
7298 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7299 {
7300 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7301 {
7302 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7303 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7304 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7305 }
7306
7307 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7308 }
7309
7310 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7311 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7312 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7313 this reloc. */
7314
7315 bfd_reloc_status_type
7316 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7317 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7318 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7319 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7320 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7321 {
7322 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7323 }
7324 \f
7325 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7326 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7327 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7328 out details about the corefile. */
7329
7330 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7331 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7332 #endif
7333
7334 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7335
7336 static int
7337 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7338 {
7339 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7340 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7341 }
7342
7343 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7344 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7345 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7346 overwrite it. */
7347
7348 static bfd_boolean
7349 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7350 {
7351 asection *sect2;
7352
7353 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7354 return TRUE;
7355
7356 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7357 if (sect2 == NULL)
7358 return FALSE;
7359
7360 sect2->size = sect->size;
7361 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7362 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7363 return TRUE;
7364 }
7365
7366 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7367 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7368 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7369 such a section already exists.
7370 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7371 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7372 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7373 bfd_boolean
7374 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7375 char *name,
7376 size_t size,
7377 ufile_ptr filepos)
7378 {
7379 char buf[100];
7380 char *threaded_name;
7381 size_t len;
7382 asection *sect;
7383
7384 /* Build the section name. */
7385
7386 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7387 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7388 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7389 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7390 return FALSE;
7391 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7392
7393 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7394 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7395 if (sect == NULL)
7396 return FALSE;
7397 sect->size = size;
7398 sect->filepos = filepos;
7399 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7400
7401 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7402 }
7403
7404 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7405 solaris 2.5+
7406 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7407 unixware 4.2
7408 */
7409
7410 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7411
7412 static bfd_boolean
7413 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7414 {
7415 size_t size;
7416 int offset;
7417
7418 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7419 {
7420 prstatus_t prstat;
7421
7422 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7423 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7424 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7425
7426 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7427 has already been set by another thread. */
7428 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7429 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7430 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7431
7432 /* pr_who exists on:
7433 solaris 2.5+
7434 unixware 4.2
7435 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7436 linux 2.[01]
7437 */
7438 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7439 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7440 #endif
7441 }
7442 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7443 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7444 {
7445 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7446 prstatus32_t prstat;
7447
7448 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7449 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7450 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7451
7452 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7453 has already been set by another thread. */
7454 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7455 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7456 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7457
7458 /* pr_who exists on:
7459 solaris 2.5+
7460 unixware 4.2
7461 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7462 linux 2.[01]
7463 */
7464 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7465 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7466 #endif
7467 }
7468 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7469 else
7470 {
7471 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7472 note size (ie. data object type). */
7473 return TRUE;
7474 }
7475
7476 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7477 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7478 size, note->descpos + offset);
7479 }
7480 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7481
7482 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7483 static bfd_boolean
7484 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7485 char *name,
7486 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7487 {
7488 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7489 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7490 }
7491
7492 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7493 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7494 data structure apart. */
7495
7496 static bfd_boolean
7497 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7498 {
7499 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7500 }
7501
7502 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7503 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7504 literally. */
7505
7506 static bfd_boolean
7507 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7508 {
7509 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7510 }
7511
7512 static bfd_boolean
7513 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7514 {
7515 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7516 }
7517
7518
7519 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7520 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7521 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7522 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7523 #endif
7524 #endif
7525
7526 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7527 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7528 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7529 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7530 #endif
7531 #endif
7532
7533 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7534 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7535 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7536
7537 char *
7538 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7539 {
7540 char *dups;
7541 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7542 size_t len;
7543
7544 if (end == NULL)
7545 len = max;
7546 else
7547 len = end - start;
7548
7549 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7550 if (dups == NULL)
7551 return NULL;
7552
7553 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7554 dups[len] = '\0';
7555
7556 return dups;
7557 }
7558
7559 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7560 static bfd_boolean
7561 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7562 {
7563 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7564 {
7565 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7566
7567 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7568
7569 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7570 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7571 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7572
7573 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7574 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7575 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7576 }
7577 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7578 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7579 {
7580 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7581 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7582
7583 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7584
7585 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7586 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7587 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7588
7589 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7590 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7591 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7592 }
7593 #endif
7594
7595 else
7596 {
7597 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7598 note size (ie. data object type). */
7599 return TRUE;
7600 }
7601
7602 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7603 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7604 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7605
7606 {
7607 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7608 int n = strlen (command);
7609
7610 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7611 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7612 }
7613
7614 return TRUE;
7615 }
7616 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7617
7618 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7619 static bfd_boolean
7620 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7621 {
7622 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7623 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7624 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7625 #endif
7626 )
7627 {
7628 pstatus_t pstat;
7629
7630 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7631
7632 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7633 }
7634 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7635 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7636 {
7637 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7638 pstatus32_t pstat;
7639
7640 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7641
7642 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7643 }
7644 #endif
7645 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7646 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7647 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7648
7649 return TRUE;
7650 }
7651 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7652
7653 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7654 static bfd_boolean
7655 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7656 {
7657 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7658 char buf[100];
7659 char *name;
7660 size_t len;
7661 asection *sect;
7662
7663 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7664 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7665 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7666 #endif
7667 )
7668 return TRUE;
7669
7670 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7671
7672 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7673 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7674
7675 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7676
7677 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7678 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7679 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7680 if (name == NULL)
7681 return FALSE;
7682 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7683
7684 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7685 if (sect == NULL)
7686 return FALSE;
7687
7688 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7689 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7690 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7691 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7692 #endif
7693
7694 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7695 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7696 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7697 #endif
7698
7699 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7700
7701 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7702 return FALSE;
7703
7704 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7705
7706 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7707 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7708 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7709 if (name == NULL)
7710 return FALSE;
7711 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7712
7713 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7714 if (sect == NULL)
7715 return FALSE;
7716
7717 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7718 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7719 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7720 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7721 #endif
7722
7723 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7724 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7725 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7726 #endif
7727
7728 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7729
7730 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7731 }
7732 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7733
7734 static bfd_boolean
7735 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7736 {
7737 char buf[30];
7738 char *name;
7739 size_t len;
7740 asection *sect;
7741 int type;
7742 int is_active_thread;
7743 bfd_vma base_addr;
7744
7745 if (note->descsz < 728)
7746 return TRUE;
7747
7748 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7749 return TRUE;
7750
7751 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7752
7753 switch (type)
7754 {
7755 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7756 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7757 /* process_info.pid */
7758 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7759 /* process_info.signal */
7760 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7761 break;
7762
7763 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7764 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7765 /* thread_info.tid */
7766 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7767
7768 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7769 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7770 if (name == NULL)
7771 return FALSE;
7772
7773 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7774
7775 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7776 if (sect == NULL)
7777 return FALSE;
7778
7779 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7780 sect->size = 716;
7781 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7782 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7783 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7784
7785 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7786 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7787
7788 if (is_active_thread)
7789 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7790 return FALSE;
7791 break;
7792
7793 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7794 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7795 /* module_info.base_address */
7796 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7797 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr);
7798
7799 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7800 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7801 if (name == NULL)
7802 return FALSE;
7803
7804 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7805
7806 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7807
7808 if (sect == NULL)
7809 return FALSE;
7810
7811 sect->size = note->descsz;
7812 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7813 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7814 break;
7815
7816 default:
7817 return TRUE;
7818 }
7819
7820 return TRUE;
7821 }
7822
7823 static bfd_boolean
7824 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7825 {
7826 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7827
7828 switch (note->type)
7829 {
7830 default:
7831 return TRUE;
7832
7833 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7834 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7835 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7836 return TRUE;
7837 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7838 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7839 #else
7840 return TRUE;
7841 #endif
7842
7843 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7844 case NT_PSTATUS:
7845 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7846 #endif
7847
7848 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7849 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7850 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7851 #endif
7852
7853 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7854 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7855
7856 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7857 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7858
7859 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7860 if (note->namesz == 6
7861 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7862 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7863 else
7864 return TRUE;
7865
7866 case NT_PPC_VMX:
7867 if (note->namesz == 6
7868 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7869 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
7870 else
7871 return TRUE;
7872
7873 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7874 case NT_PSINFO:
7875 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7876 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7877 return TRUE;
7878 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7879 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7880 #else
7881 return TRUE;
7882 #endif
7883
7884 case NT_AUXV:
7885 {
7886 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7887 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7888
7889 if (sect == NULL)
7890 return FALSE;
7891 sect->size = note->descsz;
7892 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7893 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7894
7895 return TRUE;
7896 }
7897 }
7898 }
7899
7900 static bfd_boolean
7901 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7902 {
7903 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7904 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7905 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7906 return FALSE;
7907
7908 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7909
7910 return TRUE;
7911 }
7912
7913 static bfd_boolean
7914 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7915 {
7916 switch (note->type)
7917 {
7918 default:
7919 return TRUE;
7920
7921 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7922 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7923 }
7924 }
7925
7926 static bfd_boolean
7927 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7928 {
7929 char *cp;
7930
7931 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7932 if (cp != NULL)
7933 {
7934 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7935 return TRUE;
7936 }
7937 return FALSE;
7938 }
7939
7940 static bfd_boolean
7941 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7942 {
7943 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7944 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7945 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7946
7947 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7948 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7949 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7950
7951 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7952 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7953 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7954
7955 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7956 note);
7957 }
7958
7959 static bfd_boolean
7960 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7961 {
7962 int lwp;
7963
7964 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7965 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7966
7967 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7968 {
7969 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7970 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7971 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7972 creates a core file. */
7973
7974 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7975 }
7976
7977 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7978 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7979 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7980 understand it. */
7981
7982 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7983 return TRUE;
7984
7985
7986 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7987 {
7988 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7989 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7990
7991 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7992 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7993 switch (note->type)
7994 {
7995 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7996 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7997
7998 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7999 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8000
8001 default:
8002 return TRUE;
8003 }
8004
8005 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8006 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8007
8008 default:
8009 switch (note->type)
8010 {
8011 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8012 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8013
8014 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8015 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8016
8017 default:
8018 return TRUE;
8019 }
8020 }
8021 /* NOTREACHED */
8022 }
8023
8024 static bfd_boolean
8025 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8026 {
8027 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8028 char buf[100];
8029 char *name;
8030 asection *sect;
8031 short sig;
8032 unsigned flags;
8033
8034 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8035 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8036
8037 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8038 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8039
8040 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8041 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8042
8043 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8044 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8045 {
8046 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8047 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8048 }
8049
8050 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8051 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8052 thread just in case. */
8053 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8054 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8055
8056 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8057 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8058
8059 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8060 if (name == NULL)
8061 return FALSE;
8062 strcpy (name, buf);
8063
8064 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8065 if (sect == NULL)
8066 return FALSE;
8067
8068 sect->size = note->descsz;
8069 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8070 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8071
8072 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8073 }
8074
8075 static bfd_boolean
8076 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8077 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8078 long tid,
8079 char *base)
8080 {
8081 char buf[100];
8082 char *name;
8083 asection *sect;
8084
8085 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8086 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8087
8088 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8089 if (name == NULL)
8090 return FALSE;
8091 strcpy (name, buf);
8092
8093 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8094 if (sect == NULL)
8095 return FALSE;
8096
8097 sect->size = note->descsz;
8098 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8099 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8100
8101 /* This is the current thread. */
8102 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8103 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8104
8105 return TRUE;
8106 }
8107
8108 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8109 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8110 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8111 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8112
8113 static bfd_boolean
8114 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8115 {
8116 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8117 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8118 function. */
8119 static long tid = 1;
8120
8121 switch (note->type)
8122 {
8123 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8124 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8125 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8126 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8127 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8128 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8129 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8130 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8131 default:
8132 return TRUE;
8133 }
8134 }
8135
8136 static bfd_boolean
8137 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8138 {
8139 char *name;
8140 asection *sect;
8141 size_t len;
8142
8143 /* Use note name as section name. */
8144 len = note->namesz;
8145 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8146 if (name == NULL)
8147 return FALSE;
8148 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8149 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8150
8151 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8152 if (sect == NULL)
8153 return FALSE;
8154
8155 sect->size = note->descsz;
8156 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8157 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8158
8159 return TRUE;
8160 }
8161
8162 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8163
8164 Inputs:
8165 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8166 name of note
8167 type of note
8168 data for note
8169 size of data for note
8170
8171 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8172 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8173 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8174 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8175
8176 Return:
8177 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8178
8179 char *
8180 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8181 char *buf,
8182 int *bufsiz,
8183 const char *name,
8184 int type,
8185 const void *input,
8186 int size)
8187 {
8188 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8189 size_t namesz;
8190 size_t newspace;
8191 char *dest;
8192
8193 namesz = 0;
8194 if (name != NULL)
8195 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8196
8197 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8198
8199 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8200 if (buf == NULL)
8201 return buf;
8202 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8203 *bufsiz += newspace;
8204 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8205 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8206 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8207 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8208 dest = xnp->name;
8209 if (name != NULL)
8210 {
8211 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8212 dest += namesz;
8213 while (namesz & 3)
8214 {
8215 *dest++ = '\0';
8216 ++namesz;
8217 }
8218 }
8219 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8220 dest += size;
8221 while (size & 3)
8222 {
8223 *dest++ = '\0';
8224 ++size;
8225 }
8226 return buf;
8227 }
8228
8229 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8230 char *
8231 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8232 char *buf,
8233 int *bufsiz,
8234 const char *fname,
8235 const char *psargs)
8236 {
8237 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8238 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8239
8240 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8241 {
8242 char *ret;
8243 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8244 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8245 if (ret != NULL)
8246 return ret;
8247 }
8248
8249 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8250 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8251 {
8252 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8253 psinfo32_t data;
8254 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8255 #else
8256 prpsinfo32_t data;
8257 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8258 #endif
8259
8260 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8261 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8262 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8263 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8264 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8265 }
8266 else
8267 #endif
8268 {
8269 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8270 psinfo_t data;
8271 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8272 #else
8273 prpsinfo_t data;
8274 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8275 #endif
8276
8277 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8278 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8279 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8280 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8281 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8282 }
8283 }
8284 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8285
8286 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8287 char *
8288 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8289 char *buf,
8290 int *bufsiz,
8291 long pid,
8292 int cursig,
8293 const void *gregs)
8294 {
8295 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8296 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8297
8298 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8299 {
8300 char *ret;
8301 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8302 NT_PRSTATUS,
8303 pid, cursig, gregs);
8304 if (ret != NULL)
8305 return ret;
8306 }
8307
8308 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8309 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8310 {
8311 prstatus32_t prstat;
8312
8313 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8314 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8315 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8316 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8317 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8318 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8319 }
8320 else
8321 #endif
8322 {
8323 prstatus_t prstat;
8324
8325 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8326 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8327 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8328 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8329 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8330 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8331 }
8332 }
8333 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8334
8335 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8336 char *
8337 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8338 char *buf,
8339 int *bufsiz,
8340 long pid,
8341 int cursig,
8342 const void *gregs)
8343 {
8344 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8345 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8346
8347 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8348 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8349 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8350 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8351 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8352 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8353 #if !defined(gregs)
8354 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8355 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8356 #else
8357 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8358 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8359 #endif
8360 #endif
8361 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8362 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8363 }
8364 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8365
8366 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8367 char *
8368 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8369 char *buf,
8370 int *bufsiz,
8371 long pid,
8372 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8373 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8374 {
8375 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8376 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8377 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8378
8379 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8380 {
8381 pstatus32_t pstat;
8382
8383 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8384 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8385 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8386 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8387 return buf;
8388 }
8389 else
8390 #endif
8391 {
8392 pstatus_t pstat;
8393
8394 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8395 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8396 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8397 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8398 return buf;
8399 }
8400 }
8401 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8402
8403 char *
8404 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8405 char *buf,
8406 int *bufsiz,
8407 const void *fpregs,
8408 int size)
8409 {
8410 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8411 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8412 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8413 }
8414
8415 char *
8416 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8417 char *buf,
8418 int *bufsiz,
8419 const void *xfpregs,
8420 int size)
8421 {
8422 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8423 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8424 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8425 }
8426
8427 char *
8428 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
8429 char *buf,
8430 int *bufsiz,
8431 const void *ppc_vmx,
8432 int size)
8433 {
8434 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8435 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8436 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
8437 }
8438
8439 static bfd_boolean
8440 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8441 {
8442 char *p;
8443
8444 p = buf;
8445 while (p < buf + size)
8446 {
8447 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8448 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8449 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8450
8451 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8452
8453 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8454 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8455
8456 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8457 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8458 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8459
8460 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8461 {
8462 default:
8463 return TRUE;
8464
8465 case bfd_core:
8466 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8467 {
8468 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8469 return FALSE;
8470 }
8471 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8472 {
8473 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8474 return FALSE;
8475 }
8476 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8477 {
8478 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8479 return FALSE;
8480 }
8481 else
8482 {
8483 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8484 return FALSE;
8485 }
8486 break;
8487
8488 case bfd_object:
8489 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8490 {
8491 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8492 return FALSE;
8493 }
8494 break;
8495 }
8496
8497 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8498 }
8499
8500 return TRUE;
8501 }
8502
8503 static bfd_boolean
8504 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8505 {
8506 char *buf;
8507
8508 if (size <= 0)
8509 return TRUE;
8510
8511 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8512 return FALSE;
8513
8514 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8515 if (buf == NULL)
8516 return FALSE;
8517
8518 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8519 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8520 {
8521 free (buf);
8522 return FALSE;
8523 }
8524
8525 free (buf);
8526 return TRUE;
8527 }
8528 \f
8529 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8530
8531 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8532 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8533 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8534
8535 long
8536 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8537 {
8538 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8539 {
8540 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8541 return -1;
8542 }
8543
8544 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8545 }
8546
8547 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8548 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8549 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8550 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8551
8552 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8553 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8554
8555 int
8556 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8557 {
8558 int num_phdrs;
8559
8560 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8561 {
8562 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8563 return -1;
8564 }
8565
8566 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8567 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8568 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8569
8570 return num_phdrs;
8571 }
8572
8573 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8574 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8575 {
8576 return reloc_class_normal;
8577 }
8578
8579 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8580 relocation against a local symbol. */
8581
8582 bfd_vma
8583 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8584 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8585 asection **psec,
8586 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8587 {
8588 asection *sec = *psec;
8589 bfd_vma relocation;
8590
8591 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8592 + sec->output_offset
8593 + sym->st_value);
8594 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8595 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8596 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8597 {
8598 rel->r_addend =
8599 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8600 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8601 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8602 if (sec != *psec)
8603 {
8604 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8605 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8606 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8607 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8608 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8609 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8610 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8611 sec = *psec;
8612 }
8613 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8614 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8615 }
8616 return relocation;
8617 }
8618
8619 bfd_vma
8620 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8621 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8622 asection **psec,
8623 bfd_vma addend)
8624 {
8625 asection *sec = *psec;
8626
8627 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8628 return sym->st_value + addend;
8629
8630 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8631 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8632 sym->st_value + addend);
8633 }
8634
8635 bfd_vma
8636 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8637 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8638 asection *sec,
8639 bfd_vma offset)
8640 {
8641 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8642 {
8643 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8644 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8645 offset);
8646 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8647 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8648 default:
8649 return offset;
8650 }
8651 }
8652 \f
8653 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8654 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8655 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8656 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8657 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8658 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8659
8660 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8661 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8662 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8663 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8664 the remote memory. */
8665
8666 bfd *
8667 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8668 (bfd *templ,
8669 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8670 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8671 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8672 {
8673 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8674 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8675 }
8676 \f
8677 long
8678 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8679 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8680 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8681 long dynsymcount,
8682 asymbol **dynsyms,
8683 asymbol **ret)
8684 {
8685 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8686 asection *relplt;
8687 asymbol *s;
8688 const char *relplt_name;
8689 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8690 arelent *p;
8691 long count, i, n;
8692 size_t size;
8693 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8694 char *names;
8695 asection *plt;
8696
8697 *ret = NULL;
8698
8699 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8700 return 0;
8701
8702 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8703 return 0;
8704
8705 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8706 return 0;
8707
8708 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8709 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8710 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8711 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8712 if (relplt == NULL)
8713 return 0;
8714
8715 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8716 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8717 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8718 return 0;
8719
8720 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8721 if (plt == NULL)
8722 return 0;
8723
8724 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8725 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8726 return -1;
8727
8728 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8729 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8730 p = relplt->relocation;
8731 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8732 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8733
8734 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8735 if (s == NULL)
8736 return -1;
8737
8738 names = (char *) (s + count);
8739 p = relplt->relocation;
8740 n = 0;
8741 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8742 {
8743 size_t len;
8744 bfd_vma addr;
8745
8746 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8747 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8748 continue;
8749
8750 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8751 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8752 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8753 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8754 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8755 s->section = plt;
8756 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8757 s->name = names;
8758 s->udata.p = NULL;
8759 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8760 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8761 names += len;
8762 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8763 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8764 ++s, ++n;
8765 }
8766
8767 return n;
8768 }
8769
8770 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8771 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8772 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8773 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8774
8775 void
8776 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8777 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8778 {
8779 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8780
8781 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8782
8783 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8784 }
8785
8786
8787 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8788 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8789 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8790
8791 bfd_boolean
8792 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8793 {
8794 return (type == STT_FUNC);
8795 }
This page took 0.223583 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.